CTET 2024 (Jul) Paper 2

FOR CTET EXAM PREPARATION

CTET 2024
Question Paper
EXAM YEAR TYPE DETAILS

CTET 2024 Question Paper (Jul) Paper 2

Notes · Sample Papers · Previous Year Papers · Mock Tests

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
◊ÈÅÿ ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ‚¥ÅÿÊ
JSS-24-II
This booklet contains 80 Printed pages. Main Test Booklet No. /

ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊¥ 80 ◊ÈÁŒ˝Ã ¬Îc∆U „Ò¥–
PAPER-II / ¬˝‡Ÿ-¬òÊ-II
MAIN TEST BOOKLET / ◊ÈÅÿ ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê
Do not open this Test Booklet until you are asked to do so. Main Test Booklet Code / ◊ÈÅÿ ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê«U
ß‚ ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê Ã’ Ã∑§ Ÿ πÊ‹¥ ¡’ Ã∑§ ∑§„Ê Ÿ ¡Ê∞–
I
Read carefully the Instructions on the Back Cover of this Test Booklet.

ß‚ ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§ Á¬¿U‹ •Êfl⁄UáÊ ¬⁄U ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ ‚ ¬…∏¥–
o m
©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ß‚ ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§ •ãŒ⁄U ⁄UπÊ „Ò– ¡’ •Ê¬∑§Ê ¬⁄UˡÊÊ .c
¬⁄UˡÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê
INSTRUCTIONS FOR

m CANDIDATES

.co ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê πÊ‹Ÿ ∑§Ê ∑§„Ê ¡Ê∞, ÃÊ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ÁŸ∑§Ê‹ ∑§⁄U ¬Îc∆U ∞fl¥ ¬Îc∆-U ¬⁄Uem
1. The OMR Answer Sheet is inside this Test Booklet. When you are directed 1. OMR

em las
to open the Test Booklet, take out the Answer Sheet and fill in the particulars -1 2

on Side-1 and Side-2 carefully with blue/black ball point pen only. äÿÊŸ ‚ ∑§fl‹ ŸË‹ ∑§Ê‹ ’ÊÚ‹ ¬ÊÚߥ≈U ¬Ÿ ‚ Áflfl⁄UáÊ ÷⁄¥U–
s
/

¬˝‡Ÿ „Ò¥– ∑§Êßg¸ ´§áÊÊà◊∑§
2.

l a
The test is of 2½ hours duration and consists of 150 questions. There is no 2. ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ∑§Ë •flÁœ ÉÊ¥≈ „Ò¥ ∞fl¥ ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ◊¥
2½

a
150

ag
negative marking.
•¥∑§Ÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
3. Use Blue/Black Ball Point Pen only for writing particulars on this page/
3. ß‚ ¬Îc∆U ¬⁄U Áflfl⁄UáÊ •¥Á∑§Ã ∑§⁄UŸ ∞fl¥ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ¬⁄U ÁŸ‡ÊÊŸ ‹ªÊŸ ∑§ Á‹∞
marking responses in the Answer Sheet.
∑§fl‹ ŸË‹ ∑§Ê‹ ’ÊÚ‹ ¬ÊÚߥ≈U ¬Ÿ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§⁄¥U–
/

The CODE for this Booklet is I. Make sure that the CODE printed on
4.
4. ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê ∑§Ê«U I „Ò– ÿ„ ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øà ∑§⁄U ‹¥ Á∑§ ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê ∑§Ê«U,
Side-2 of the Answer Sheet is the same as that on this Booklet. Also ensure
©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§ ¬Îc∆U- ¬⁄U ¿U¬ ∑§Ê«U ‚ Á◊‹ÃÊ „Ò– ÿ„ ÷Ë ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øà ∑§⁄U ‹¥ Á∑§
2
that your Test Booklet No. and Answer Sheet No. are the same. In case of

discrepancy, the candidate should immediately report the matter to the
¬⁄UˡÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ‚¥ÅÿÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ‚¥ÅÿÊ Á◊‹Ã „Ò¥– •ª⁄U ÿ„ Á÷ÛÊ „Ê¥ ÃÊ
Invigilator for replacement of both the Test Booklet and the Answer Sheet.
¬⁄UˡÊÊÕ˸ ŒÍ‚⁄UË ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê •ÊÒ⁄U ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ‹Ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸ⁄UˡÊ∑§ ∑§Ê
5. This Test Booklet has five Parts, I, II, III, IV and V, consisting of 150
ÃÈ⁄Uãà •flªÃ ∑§⁄UÊ∞°–
Objective Type Questions and each carries 1 mark :
5. ß‚ ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊¥ ¬Ê°ø ÷ʪ •ÊÒ⁄U „Ò¥, Á¡Ÿ◊¥ flSÃÈÁŸc∆U
I, II, III, IV V 150

Part-I : Child Development and Pedagogy (Q.Nos. 1-30)
¬˝‡Ÿ „Ò¥, ÃÕÊ ¬˝àÿ∑§ •¥∑§ ∑§Ê „Ò —
1

om
Part-II : Mathematics and Science (Q.Nos. 31-90)
÷ʪ- I : ’Ê‹ Áfl∑§Ê‚ fl Á‡ÊˇÊʇÊÊSòÊ (¬˝‡Ÿ ‚¥. ) 1-30

c
÷ʪ- II : ªÁáÊà fl ÁflôÊÊŸ (¬˝‡Ÿ ‚¥. ) 31-90

.
Part-III : Social Studies/Social Science (Q.Nos. 31-90)
÷ʪ- ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ •äÿÿŸ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ (¬˝‡Ÿ ‚¥. )
m
III : / 31-90
Part-IV : Language-I (English/Hindi) (Q.Nos. 91-120)

Part-V : Language-II (English/Hindi)

s e
(Q.Nos. 121-150)
÷ʪ- IV : ÷Ê·Ê- (•¥ª˝$¡Ë Á„ãŒË)
I / (¬˝‡Ÿ ‚¥. ) 91-120

la
6. Candidates have to do questions 31 to 90 EITHER from Part-II (Mathematics
÷ʪ- V : ÷Ê·Ê- (•¥ª˝$¡Ë Á„ãŒË)
II / (¬˝‡Ÿ ‚¥. ) 121-150

ag
and Science) OR from Part-III (Social Studies/Social Science) as filled by

the candidates in their online application form.
6. ¬⁄UˡÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝‡Ÿ ‚ ÿÊ ÃÊ ÷ʪ- (ªÁáÊà fl ÁflôÊÊŸ) ÿÊ ÷ʪ-
31 90

(‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ •äÿÿŸ/‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ) ‚ ∑§⁄UŸ „Ò¥– ¡Ò‚Ê Á∑§ ¬⁄UˡÊÊÕ˸ Ÿ
II III

7. Part-IV contains 30 questions for Language-I and Part-V contains 30 questions
•¬Ÿ •ÊÚŸ‹Êߟ •ÊflŒŸ ¬òÊ ◊¥ ÷⁄UÊ „Ò¥–
for Language-II. In this Test Booklet, only questions pertaining to English 7. ÷ʪ- ◊¥ ÷Ê·Ê- ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬˝‡Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ÷ʪ- ◊¥ ÷Ê·Ê- ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬˝‡Ÿ
IV I 30 V II 30

and Hindi language have been given. In case the language/s you have ÁŒ∞ ª∞ „Ò¥– ß‚ ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊¥ ∑§fl‹ •¥ª˝$¡Ë fl Á„ãŒË ÷Ê·Ê ‚ ‚¥’¥ÁœÃ
opted for as Language-I and/or Language-II is a language other than ¬˝‡Ÿ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ „Ò¥– ÿÁŒ ÷Ê·Ê- •ÊÒ⁄U ÿÊ ÷Ê·Ê- ◊¥ •Ê¬∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ øÈŸË ªß¸
I / II

English or Hindi, please ask for a Supplement (Language) Test ÷Ê·Ê(∞°) •¥ª˝$¡Ë ÿÊ Á„ãŒË ∑§ •‹ÊflÊ „Ò/„Ò¥ ÃÊ ∑Χ¬ÿÊ I ∑§Ê«U flÊ‹Ë ©‚ ÷Ê·Ê flÊ‹Ë
Booklet of I Code that contains questions on that language. The
¬Á⁄UÁ‡Êc≈U (÷Ê·Ê) ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊Ê°ª ‹ËÁ¡∞– Á¡Ÿ ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ∑§ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ ©ûÊ⁄U
languages being answered must tally with the languages opted for
•Ê¬ Œ ⁄U„ „Ò¥ fl„ •ÊflŒŸ ¬òÊ ◊¥ øÈŸË ªß¸ ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ‚ •fl‡ÿ ◊‹ πÊŸË øÊÁ„∞–
in your Application Form. No change in languages is allowed.
÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ¬Á⁄UfløŸ •ŸÈ◊ãÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
8. Candidates are required to attempt questions in Language-II
¬⁄UˡÊÊÕ˸ ÷Ê·Ê- (÷ʪ- ) ∑§ Á‹∞, ÷Ê·Ê ‚ÍøË ‚ ∞‚Ë ÷Ê·Ê øÈŸ¥ ¡Ê ©Ÿ∑§
m
8. II V

.co
(Part-V) in a language other than the one chosen as Language-I
mÊ⁄UÊ ÷Ê·Ê- (÷ʪ- ) ◊¥ øÈŸË ªß¸ ÷Ê·Ê ‚ Á÷ÛÊ „Ê–
I IV

m
(Part-IV) from the list of languages.

.co
9. ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊¥ ß‚ ¬˝ÿÊ¡Ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ ŒË ªß¸ πÊ‹Ë ¡ª„ ¬⁄U „Ë
9. Rough work should be done only in the space provided in the Test Booklet
∑§⁄¥U–
e m
s
for the same.

e m10. The answers are to be recorded on the OMR Answer Sheet only. Mark
10. ‚÷Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§fl‹ OMR

l a
©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ¬⁄U „Ë •¥Á∑§Ã ∑§⁄¥U– •¬Ÿ ©ûÊ⁄U äÿÊŸ¬Ífl¸∑§

las your responses carefully. No whitener is allowed for changing answers.

ag
•¥Á∑§Ã ∑§⁄¥U– ©ûÊ⁄U ’Œ‹Ÿ „ÃÈ ‡flà ⁄¥U¡∑§ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ÁŸÁ·h „Ò–
ÿÁŒ •¥ª˝$¡Ë •ÊÒ⁄U Á„ãŒË ‚¥S∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ©ûÊ⁄UÊ¥ ◊¥ ∑§Ê߸ Áfl‚¥ªÁà „Ê ÃÊ
g
11. /
11. In case of any discrepancy in the English and Hindi versions of questions/

a answers, English version will be taken as final.
•¥ª˝$¡Ë ‚¥S∑§⁄UáÊ •¥ÁÃ◊ ◊ÊŸÊ ¡ÊÿªÊ–
Name of the Candidate (in Capital Letters) : ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

¬⁄UˡÊÊÕ˸ ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊ (’«∏ •ˇÊ⁄UÊ¥ ◊¥) —
Roll Number (•ŸÈ∑˝§◊Ê¥∑§) — (•¥∑§Ê¥ ◊)¥
in figures ________________________________________________________________________________________________

— (‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ◊)¥
in words ________________________________________________________________________________________________

Centre of Examination (in Capital Letters) : _____________________________________________________________________________________________________

¬⁄UˡÊÊ ∑§ãŒ˝ (’«∏ •ˇÊ⁄UÊ¥ ◊¥) —
Candidate’s Signature : _______________________________________________ Invigilator’s Signature : _________________________________________________

¬⁄UˡÊÊÕ˸ ∑§ „SÃÊˇÊ⁄U — ÁŸ⁄UˡÊ∑§ ∑§ „SÃÊˇÊ⁄U —
m .
.co
Facsimile signature stamp of Centre Superintendent : ____________________________________________________________________________________________

! JSS-24-II!
e m
em l as
las ag
ag For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 1 of 80

PART - I / ÷ʪ - I

CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND PEDAGOGY / ’Ê‹ Áfl∑§Ê‚ fl Á‡ÊˇÊʇÊÊSòÊ
Direction : Answer the following questions (Q. Nos. 1 to 30) by selecting the correct/most appropriate options.

ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê — ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ (¬˝. ‚¥ÅÿÊ 1 ‚ 30) ∑§ ©ûÊ⁄U ŒŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚„Ë/‚’‚ ©¬ÿÈÄà Áfl∑§À¬ øÈÁŸ∞–
1. In progressive education children are perceived as :

(1) Innocent and dependent

(2) Compliant and capable of only consuming knowledge

(3) Knowledgeable and meaning-makers

(4) Vulnerable and in need of protection

¬˝ªÁÇÊË‹ Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ◊¥ ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§Ê Á∑§‚ Ã⁄U„ ŒπÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò?
(1) ◊Ê‚Í◊ •ÊÒ⁄U •ÊÁüÊÃ
(2) •ÊôÊÊ∑§Ê⁄UË •ÊÒ⁄U ∑§fl‹ ôÊÊŸ ∑§Ê ©¬÷Êª ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ ‚ˇÊ◊
(3) ôÊÊŸflœ¸∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U •Õ¸ ∑§Ë ⁄UøŸÊ ∑§⁄UŸ flÊ‹
(4) ∑§◊¡Ê⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U ‚È⁄UˇÊÊ ∑§Ë ¡M§⁄Uà ◊¥
2. Feedback to the students in a classroom is most effective when :

(1) It assigns comparative ranks to the students.

(2) It occurs during as well as after the learning activity.

(3) It focuses on what the child cannot do rather than what they can do.

(4) It centres around tests and exams at the end of the year.

¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ¬˝ÁÃÁ∑˝§ÿÊ ‚’‚ •Áœ∑§ ¬˝÷ÊflË „ÊÃË „Ò ¡’-
(1) ÿ„ ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÃÈ‹ŸÊà◊∑§ üÊáÊË ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(2) ÿ„ ‚ËπŸ ∑§Ë ªÁÃÁflÁœ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬‡øÊà ÷Ë „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(3) ÿ„ ß‚ ’ÊÃU ¬⁄U äÿÊŸ ∑¥§ÁŒ˝Ã ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò Á∑§ ’ëøÊ ÄÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§ÃÊ ’¡Êÿ ß‚∑§ Á∑§ fl„ ÄÿÊ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
(4) ÿ„ fl·¸ ∑§ •¥Ã ◊¥ ¬⁄UˡÊáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬⁄ËUˇÊÊ ¬⁄U ∑¥§ÁŒ˝Ã „Ò–

3. Assertion (A) : U During adolescence the pressures to conform to gender expectations and follow

conventions of feminity or masculinity increases.

Reason (R) : Gender and gender roles are determined biologically.

Choose the correct option.

(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).

(3) (A) is true but (R) is false.

(4) Both (A) and (R) are false.

•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) : Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄UÊflSÕÊ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ ¡¥«U⁄ •¬ˇÊÊ•Ê¥ ∑§ •ŸÈM§¬ SòÊËàfl ÿÊ ¬ÈL§·àfl ∑§Ë ¬⁄¥U¬⁄UÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ¬Ê‹Ÿ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§
Á‹∞ Œ’Êfl ’…∏ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ(R) : ¡¥«U⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U ¡¥«U⁄U ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê∞° ¡ÒÁfl∑§ M§¬ ‚ ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄Uà ∑§Ë ¡ÊÃË „Ò¥–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥–
(1) (A)•ÊÒ⁄U ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U
(R) ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(A) (R)

(2) (A)•ÊÒ⁄U ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ‹Á∑§Ÿ
(R) ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(A) (R)

(3) (A)‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ ª‹Ã „Ò–
(R)

(4) (A)•ÊÒ⁄U ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–
(R)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 2 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 2 of 80

4. Sunita, a 12 year old girl, shows exceptional musical ability. Both her parents are accomplished

singers, and they send her for classes for voice training after school. Her capabilities are most likely

to be the result of an interaction between :

(1) growth and maturation (2) nutrition and discipline

(3) heredity and environment (4) gender identity and genetic make-up

‚ÈŸËÃÊ, ∞∑§ fl·Ë¸ÿ ‹«∏∑§Ë, Áfl‡Ê· ‚¥ªËÃËÿ ˇÊ◊ÃÊ ⁄UπÃË „Ò– ©‚∑§ ◊ÊÃÊ-Á¬ÃÊ, ŒÊŸÊ¥ „Ë ÁŸ¬ÈáÊ ªÊÿ∑§ „Ò¥, •ÊÒ⁄U fl ‚ÈŸËÃÊ
12

∑§Ê •¬ŸË •ÊflÊ$¡ ∑§Ê •ÊÒ⁄U ’„Ã⁄U ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬˝Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ÷¡ ⁄U„ „Ò¥– ‚ÈŸËÃÊ ∑§Ë ÿ„ ˇÊ◊ÃÊ ‚¥÷ÊÁflà M§¬ ‚ Á∑§Ÿ
∑§Ê⁄U∑§Ê¥ ∑§ •¥Ã—Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§Ê ¬Á⁄UáÊÊ◊ „Ò?
(1) flÎÁh •ÊÒ⁄U ¬Á⁄U¬ÄflÃÊ (2) ¬Ê·áÊ •ÊÒ⁄U •ŸÈ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ
(3) •ÊŸÈfl¥Á‡Ê∑§ÃÊ •ÊÒ⁄U flÊÃÊfl⁄UáÊ (4) ‹Ò¥Áª∑§ ¬„øÊŸ •ÊÒ⁄U •ÊŸÈfl¥Á‡Ê∑§ ‚¥⁄UøŸÊ

5. Sensitive periods are those time periods during which certain __________ are especially important

for course of ‘normal’ development.

(1) genetic predispositions (2) ethnic factors

(3) environmental factors (4) hereditary factors

‚¥flŒŸ‡ÊË‹ •flÁœ fl„ ‚◊ÿ •flÁœ „ÊÃË „Ò Á¡‚∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ ∑ȧ¿U __________ Áfl‡Ê· M§¬ ‚ “‚Ê◊Êãÿ” Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§ Á‹∞
◊„àfl¬Íáʸ „ÊÃË „Ò¥–
(1) ©û¬ÁûÊ◊Í‹∑§ ∑§Ê⁄U∑§ (2) ◊ÊŸfl¡ÊÁà ∑§Ê⁄U∑§
(3) ¬ÿʸfl⁄UáÊËÿ ∑§Ê⁄U∑§ (4) fl¥‡ÊʟȪà ∑§Ê⁄U∑§

6. In order to develop critical thinking among students a teacher should :

(1) ask only those questions which carry single answers.

(2) discourage the students from asking doubts and questions.

(3) give questions that involve inferences and explanations.

(4) avoid questions which need inference and analysis.

ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ◊¥ ‚◊Ê‹ÊøŸÊà◊∑§ Áø¥ÃŸ ∑§Ê Áfl∑§Á‚à ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞, ∞∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ê —
(1) ∑§fl‹ ∞‚ „Ë ‚flÊ‹ ¬Í¿UŸ øÊÁ„∞ Á¡Ÿ∑§Ê ∞∑§ „Ë ©ûÊ⁄U „Ê–
(2) ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ©Ÿ∑§ ‚¥Œ„ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚flÊ‹ ¬Í¿UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ „ÃÊà‚ÊÁ„à ∑§⁄UŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
(3) ∞‚ ‚flÊ‹ ŒŸ øÊÁ„∞ Á¡Ÿ◊¥ ÁŸc∑§·¸ •ÊÒ⁄U √ÿÊÅÿÊ∞° ‡ÊÊÁ◊‹ „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(4) ∞‚ ‚flÊ‹Ê¥ ‚ ’øŸÊ øÊÁ„∞ Á¡Ÿ◊¥ ÁflfløŸ •ÊÒ⁄U Áfl‡‹·áÊ ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „ÊÃË „Ò–

P-II !JSS-24-II! 3 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 3 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
7. A teacher asks herself - “How can I provide experiences that require students to classify different

types of objects in the environment and analyse their classification schemes ?” Which intelligence

is she trying to promote in students ?

(1) Linguistic Intelligence (2) Inter-personal Intelligence

(3) Naturalistic Intelligence (4) Bodily- Kinesthetics Intelligence

∞∑§ Á‡ÊÁˇÊ∑§Ê πÈŒ ‚ ¬Í¿UÃË „Ò - ““◊Ò¥ ∞‚ •ŸÈ÷fl ∑Ò§‚ ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§ÃË „Í° Á¡‚◊¥ ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬ÿʸfl⁄UáÊ ◊¥ ÁflÁ÷㟠¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ë
flSÃÈ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê flªË¸∑Χà ∑§⁄UŸ •ÊÒ⁄U ©Ÿ∑§Ë flªË¸∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§ S∑§Ë◊Ê¥ ∑§Ê Áfl‡‹·áÊ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „Ê?”” fl„ ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ◊¥ Á∑§‚
m
.co
’ÈÁh◊ûÊÊ ∑§Ê ’…∏ÊflÊ ŒŸ ∑§Ë ∑§ÊÁ‡Ê‡Ê ∑§⁄U ⁄U„Ë „Ò?
m
(1) ÷Ê·Ê߸ ’ÈÁh◊ûÊÊ
m .co (2) •¥ÃflÒ¸ÿÁÄÃ∑§ ’ÈÁh◊ûÊÊ
s e m
(3)

s e
¬˝Ê∑ΧÁÃ∑§ ’ÈÁh◊ûÊÊ (4) ‡ÊÊ⁄UËÁ⁄U∑§-ªÁÂ¥flŒË ’ÈÁh◊ûÊÊ
l a
g l a ag
8.
a
How does setting mastery goals impact a student’s motivation and views of ability ?

(1) It often implies enhanced intrinsic motivation and belief in the entity view of ability.

(2) It often implies enhanced intrinsic motivation and belief in the incremental view of ability.

(3) It often implies enhanced extrinsic motivation and belief in the entity view of ability.

(4) It often implies enhanced extrinsic motivation and belief in the incremental view of ability.

◊„Ê⁄Uà „ÊÁ‚‹ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ ‹ˇÿ ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄Uà ∑§⁄UŸ ‚ ¿UÊòÊ ∑§Ë •Á÷¬˝⁄UáÊÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ÿÊÇÿÃÊ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑Ò§‚ ¬˝÷ÊÁflà „ÊÃ „Ò¥?
(1) ÿ„ •Ä‚⁄U ÿÊÇÿÃÊ ∑§ ÁSÕ⁄U ŒÎÁc≈U∑§ÊáÊ ◊¥ ’…∏Ë „È߸ •Ê¥ÃÁ⁄U∑§ •Á÷¬˝⁄UáÊÊ •ÊÒ⁄U Áfl‡flÊ‚ ∑§Ê Œ‡ÊʸÃÊ „Ò–
m
.co
(2) ÿ„ •Ä‚⁄U ÿÊÇÿÃÊ ∑§ flÎÁh‡ÊË‹ ŒÎÁc≈U∑§ÊáÊ ◊¥ ’…∏Ë „È߸ •Ê¥ÃÁ⁄U∑§ •Á÷¬˝⁄UáÊÊ •ÊÒ⁄U Áfl‡flÊ‚ ∑§Ê Œ‡ÊʸÃÊ „Ò–
(3)

e m
ÿ„ •Ä‚⁄U ÿÊÇÿÃÊ ∑§ ÁSÕ⁄U ŒÎÁc≈U∑§ÊáÊ ◊¥ ’…∏Ë „È߸ ’Ê„⁄UË •Á÷¬˝⁄UáÊÊ •ÊÒ⁄U Áfl‡flÊ‚ ∑§Ê Œ‡ÊʸÃÊ „Ò–
(4)

las
ÿ„ •Ä‚⁄U ÿÊÇÿÃÊ ∑§ flÎÁh‡ÊË‹ ŒÎÁc≈U∑§ÊáÊ ◊¥ ’…∏Ë „È߸ ’Ê„⁄UË •Á÷¬˝⁄UáÊÊ •ÊÒ⁄U Áfl‡flÊ‚ ∑§Ê Œ‡ÊʸÃÊ „Ò–

9.
ag
Rama is a teacher who is implementing Vygotsky’s theory in her classroom and she assigns her

students to work in groups to complete a challenging task. During the task, one student struggles

to understand a key concept. What would be the most effective way for Rama to help this

student ?

(1) Provide the student with the answer to the problem so the group can move on.

(2) Encourage the student to try to solve the problem on her own.

(3) Assign a different task to the student that is better suited to her abilities.

(4) Work through the problem with the student and providing guidance and feedback as needed

o m
m∞∑§ Á‡ÊÁˇÊ∑§Ê „Ò ¡Ê flÊÿªÊàS∑§Ë ∑§ Á‚hʥà ∑§Ê •¬ŸË ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ‹ÊªÍ ∑§⁄U ⁄U„Ë „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U fl„ ∞∑§ m
while involving other group members.
c
øÈŸ.ÊÒÃˬÍáʸ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§Ê ¬Í⁄UÊ ∑§⁄UŸ
c. ⁄U∑o◊§ ÊÁ‹∞ ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊Í„Ê¥ ◊¥ ∑§Ê◊ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸÿÈÄà ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò– ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ, ∞∑§ s¿UeÊòÊ ∞∑§ ◊„àfl¬Íáʸ ‚¥∑§À¬ŸÊ ∑§Ê
e m ‚◊¤ÊŸ ∑•¬Ÿ a
§ Á‹∞ ‚¥ÉÊ·¸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò– ⁄U◊Ê ∑§ Á‹∞ ß‚ ¿UÊòÊ ∑§Ë ◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê ‚’‚ ¬˝÷gÊflËl Ã⁄UË∑§Ê ÄÿÊ „ÊªÊ?
las a
ag (1) ¿UÊòÊ ∑§Ê ‚◊SÿÊ ∑§Ê ©ûÊ⁄U ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄¥U ÃÊÁ∑§ ‚◊Í„ •Êª ’…∏ ‚∑§–
(2) ¿UÊòÊ ∑§Ê ‚◊SÿÊ ∑§Ê Sflÿ¥ „‹ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊ‚ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬˝Êà‚ÊÁ„à ∑§⁄¥U–
(3) ¿UÊòÊ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ •‹ª ∑§Êÿ¸ ‚ÊÒ¥¬¥ ¡Ê ©‚∑§Ë ÿÊÇÿÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§ •ŸÈ∑ͧ‹ „Ê–
(4) ¿UÊòÊ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ‚◊SÿÊ ¬⁄U ∑§Ê◊ ∑§⁄¥U •ÊÒ⁄U ‚◊Í„ ∑§ •ãÿ ‚ŒSÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‡ÊÊÁ◊‹ ∑§⁄UÃ „È∞ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ◊ʪ¸Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U
¬˝ÁìÈÁc≈U ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄¥U–

P-II !JSS-24-II! 4 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 4 of 80

10. Assertion (A) : Teachers should encourage debates, discussions and collaborations among

students.

Reason (R) : Knowledge production is an inactive process and engagement in group activities

hinders meaningful learning.

Choose the correct option.

(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).

(3) (A) is true but (R) is false.

(4) Both (A) and (R) are false.

•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) : Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ëø ’„‚, øøʸ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚„ÿÊª ∑§Ê ¬˝Êà‚ÊÁ„à ∑§⁄UŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) : ôÊÊŸ ©à¬ÊŒŸ ∞∑§ ÁŸÁc∑˝§ÿ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ‚Ê◊ÍÁ„∑§ ªÁÃÁflÁœÿÊ¥ ◊¥ ‚¥‹ÇŸÃÊ •Õ¸¬Íáʸ •Áœª◊ ◊¥ ’ÊœÊ
«UÊ‹ÃÊ „Ò–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥–
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U (A) ∑§Ë (R) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ‹Á∑§Ÿ (A) ∑§Ë (R) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–

11. Change and stability in emotions, personality and social relationships together constitute :

(1) Personality development (2) Emotional development

(3) Psychosocial development (4) Cognitive development

÷ÊflŸÊ•Ê¥, √ÿÁÄÃàfl •ÊÒ⁄U ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ‚¥’¥œÊ¥ ◊¥ ¬Á⁄UfløŸ •ÊÒ⁄U ÁSÕ⁄UÃÊ Á∑§‚ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ◊¥ ‡ÊÊÁ◊‹ „Ò¥?
(1) √ÿÁÄÃàfl Áfl∑§Ê‚ (2) ÷ÊflŸÊà◊∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚
(3) ◊ŸÊ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚ (4) ‚¥ôÊÊŸÊà◊∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚

12. Which of the following correctly describes ‘culturally responsive teaching’ to cater to diverse groups

of students ?

(i) Intentional (ii) Adaptive (iii) Differentiated (iv) Standardized

(1) (i), (iv) (2) (ii), (iii) (3) (i), (ii), (iii) (4) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv)

¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§ ÁflÁflœ ‚◊Í„Ê¥ ∑§Ê ¬Í⁄UÊ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ “‚Ê¥S∑ΧÁÃ∑§ M§¬ ‚ ©ûÊ⁄UŒÊÿË Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ” ∑§Ê ‚„Ë fláʸŸ
∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò?
(i) ‚ÈÁfløÊÁ⁄Uà (ii) •ŸÈ∑ͧÁ‹Ã (iii) Áfl÷ÁŒÃ (iv) ◊ÊŸ∑§Ë∑ΧÃ
(1) (i), (iv) (2) (ii), (iii) (3) (i), (ii), (iii) (4) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 5 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 5 of 80

13. Assertion (A) : Schools should function within frameworks which assess the finished product

and learning outcomes.

Reason (R) : Learning is tightly sequential and hierarchical.

Choose the correct option.

(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).

(3) (A) is true but (R) is false.

(4) Both (A) and (R) are false.

•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) : S∑ͧ‹Ê¥ ∑§Ê ©‚ …UÊ°ø ∑§ ÷ËÃ⁄U ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ øÊÁ„∞ ¡Ê ÃÒÿÊ⁄U ©à¬ÊŒ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚ËπŸ ∑§ ¬Á⁄UáÊÊ◊Ê¥ ∑§Ê •Ê∑§‹Ÿ
∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) : ‚ËπŸÊ ¬Ä∑§ ÃÊÒ⁄U ¬⁄U •ÊŸÈ∑˝§Á◊∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬ŒÊŸÈ∑˝§Á◊à „Ò–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥–
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U (A) ∑§Ë (R) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ‹Á∑§Ÿ (A) ∑§Ë (R) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–

14. According to Lev Vygotsky what is the relationship between language and thought ?

(1) Language does not shape thought

(2) Thought shapes language

(3) Language and thought are independent of each other

(4) Language and thought are complex interrelated processes of development

‹fl flÊÿªÊàS∑§Ë ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ÷Ê·Ê •ÊÒ⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§ ’Ëø ÄÿÊ ‚¥’¥œ „Ò?
(1) ÷Ê·Ê ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§Ê •Ê∑§Ê⁄U Ÿ„Ë¥ ŒÃË „Ò–
(2) ÁfløÊ⁄U ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ê •Ê∑§Ê⁄U ŒÃ „Ò¥–
(3) ÷Ê·Ê •ÊÒ⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∞∑§ ŒÍ‚⁄U ‚ SflÃ¥òÊ „Ò¥–
(4) ÷Ê·Ê •ÊÒ⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§Ë ¡Á≈U‹ ÁflÁŸ◊ÿ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ∞° „Ò¥–

P-II !JSS-24-II! 6 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 6 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
15. Which of the following is a correctly matched pair ?

(1) Criterion - referenced assessment : includes mastery of specific topics

(2) Norm - references assessment : compares performance to that of peers

(3) Formative assessment : determining what the students can do before and after the class

(4) Summative assessment : involves paper - pencil tests as well as detailed accounts of non-

written behaviours

m
.co
ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ‚„Ë ‚È◊Á‹Ã ÿÈÇ◊ „Ò?
o m m
(1)

◊ÊŸ∑§-‚¥ŒÁ÷¸Ãm
. c
◊ÊŸŒ¥«U-‚¥ŒÁ÷¸Ã ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ÁflÁ‡Êc≈U Áfl·ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ◊„Ê⁄Uà ‡ÊÊÁ◊‹ „Ò
:

s e
(2)

s e ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ‚ÊÁÕÿÊ¥ ∑§ ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ∑§Ë ÃÈ‹ŸÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò
:

g l a
(3)

g l
⁄UøŸÊà◊∑§a ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ÿ„ ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄Uà ∑§⁄UŸÊ Á∑§ ¿UÊòÊ ∑§ˇÊÊ ‚ ¬„‹ •ÊÒ⁄U ’ÊŒ ◊¥ ÄÿÊ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥
:
a
(4) ÿÊa
ªÊà◊∑§ ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ߟ◊¥ ¬¬⁄U-¬¥Á‚‹ ¬⁄UˡÊáÊ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ-‚ÊÕ ªÒ⁄U-Á‹Áπà √ÿfl„Ê⁄UÊ¥ ∑§ ÁflSÃÎà Áflfl⁄UáÊ ‡ÊÊÁ◊‹ „Ò¥
:

16. Which of the following hinders the participation of students wit h visual impairment in

classroom ?

(1) electronically formatted lecture transcriptions

(2) printed textbooks and notes

(3) raised-line drawings and maps

m
(4) tactile models of graphic materials

m .co
e
ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ÄÿÊ ŒÎÁc≈U’ÊÁœÃ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ÷ʪˌÊ⁄UË ‹Ÿ ◊¥ ’ÊœÊ «UÊ‹ÃÊ „Ò?
s
ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚÁŸ∑§ M§¬ ‚ ¬˝ÊM§Á¬Ã √ÿÊÅÿÊŸ ¬˝ÁËla
(1)

(2) ◊ÈÁŒ˝Ã ¬Ê∆K¬ÈSÃ∑¥§ •ÊÒ⁄U ŸÊ≈˜‚ a g πŸ

(3) ©÷⁄UË „È߸ ⁄UπÊ ÁøòÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ◊ÊŸÁøòÊ
(4) ª˝ÊÁ»§∑§ ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë ∑§ S¬‡Ê¸ŸËÿ Ã⁄UË∑§

17. Which method did Lawrence Kohlberg used to study moral development of children ?

(1) Quantitative research approach

m
m .co
(2) Posing moral dilemmas to children and analyzing responses

.co
(3) Conducting observations of children during play

s e m
s em ‹ÊÚ⁄¥U‚ ∑§Ê„‹’ª¸ Ÿ ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§ ŸÒÁÃ∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§Ê •äÿÿŸ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ Á∑§‚ ÁflÁœ g∑§Êla¬˝ÿÊª Á∑§ÿÊ?
(4) Experimental method

g la a
a ◊ÊòÊÊà◊∑§ ‡ÊÊœ ∑§Êÿ¸ ÁflÁœ
(1)

(2) ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§ ‚Ê◊Ÿ ŸÒÁÃ∑§ ŒÈÁflœÊ∞° ⁄UπŸÊ •ÊÒ⁄U •ŸÈÁ∑˝§ÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚◊Ê‹ÊøŸÊ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(3) π‹ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§Ê •fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(4) ¬˝ÊÿÊÁª∑§ ÁflÁœ

P-II !JSS-24-II! 7 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 7 of 80

18. Constructivist teaching leads to __________ learning by students.

(1) discovery (2) meaningless (3) rote (4) receptive

⁄UøŸÊflÊŒË Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê __________ •Áœª◊ ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U ‹ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(1) πÊ¡-•ÊœÊÁ⁄Uà (2) •Õ¸„ËŸ (3) ÿ¥òÊflØ (4) ª˝„áʇÊË‹

19. Students struggling with dyslexia can be taught to read :

(1) Through systematic phonological training.

(2) By providing higher grade level reading texts.

(3) By giving long and complex passages.

(4) Through association method of conditioning.

¬∆UŸ flÒ∑§Àÿ ‚ ¡Í¤Ê ⁄U„ ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬…∏ŸÊ Á‚πÊÿÊ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò —
(1) √ÿflÁSÕà äflãÿÊà◊∑§ ¬˝Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ∑§ ◊Êäÿ◊ ‚–
(2) ©ëø ª˝«U SÃ⁄U ∑§ ¬∆UŸ ª˝¥Õ ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄U∑§–
(3) ‹¥’ •ÊÒ⁄U ¡Á≈U‹ ªlÊ¥‡Ê Œ∑§⁄U–
(4) •ŸÈ∑ͧ‹Ÿ ∑§Ë •ŸÈ’¥œŸ ÁflÁœ ∑§ ◊Êäÿ◊ ‚–

20. Jean Piaget’s theory of cognitive development implicates that :

(1) Behaviour should be conditioned using rewards and punishments.

(2) Concepts should be taught in a sequence of complex to simple.

(3) Curriculum should be designed keeping children’s age-group and stage in mind.

(4) Focus of teaching should be the outcome of the activity instead of the process of thinking.

¡ËŸ Á¬ÿÊ¡ ∑§ ‚¥ôÊÊŸÊà◊∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§Ê Á‚hʥà ÿ„ ’ÃÊÃÊ „Ò Á∑§ —
(1) √ÿfl„Ê⁄U ∑§Ê Œ¥«U •ÊÒ⁄U ¬È⁄US∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ∑§ ◊Êäÿ◊ ‚ •ŸÈ∑ͧÁ‹Ã Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
(2) •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ¡Á≈U‹ ‚ ‚⁄U‹ ∑§ ∑˝§◊ ◊¥ Á‚πÊÿÊ ¡ÊŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
(3) ¬Ê∆K∑˝§◊ ∑§Ê ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§ •ÊÿÈ-‚◊Í„ fl ø⁄UáÊ ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ ◊¥ ⁄Uπ∑§⁄U ÃÒÿÊ⁄U Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
(4) Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ∑§Ê ’‹ ªÁÃÁflÁœ ∑§ ¬Á⁄UáÊÊ◊ ¬⁄U „ÊŸÊ øÊÁ„∞ Ÿ Á∑§ ‚ÊøŸ ∑§Ë ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ ¬⁄U–

P-II !JSS-24-II! 8 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 8 of 80

21. You are a teacher who wants to help your students develop metacognitive skills. Which of the

following strategies is most likely to foster this type of thinking ?

(1) Giving students marks instead of qualitative feedback on their performance.

(2) Encouraging students to reflect on their own learning and thinking processes.

(3) Providing students with summarised notes for assignments.

(4) Assigning homework that requires memorization and recall.

•Ê¬ ∞∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ „Ò¥ ¡Ê •¬Ÿ ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬⁄UÊ‚¥ôÊÊŸÊà◊∑§ ∑§Ê҇ʋ Áfl∑§Á‚à ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ ◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄UŸÊ øÊ„Ã „Ò¥– ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚
∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ë ⁄UáÊŸËÁà ߂ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ Áø¥ÃŸ ∑§Ê ’…∏ÊflÊ ŒŸ ∑§Ë ‚’‚ •Áœ∑§ ‚¥÷ÊflŸÊ „Ò?
(1) ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ©Ÿ∑§ ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ¬⁄U ªÈáÊÊà◊∑§ ¬˝ÁìÈÁc≈U ∑§ ’¡Êÿ •¥∑§ ŒŸÊ–
(2) ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê •¬Ÿ Sflÿ¥ ∑§ ‚ËπŸ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚ÊøŸ ∑§Ë ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ ¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬˝Êà‚ÊÁ„à ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
(3) ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚òÊËÿ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚Ê⁄UÊ¥Á‡Êà ŸÊ≈˜‚ ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
(4) ªÎ„∑§Êÿ¸ ‚ÊÒ¥¬ŸÊ Á¡‚∑§ Á‹∞ ÿÊŒ ⁄UπŸ •ÊÒ⁄U ÿÊŒ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „ÊÃË „Ò–

22. Which of the following statement is correct about ‘Autism’ ?

(1) All autistic people have at least one exceptional skill.

(2) Autism is a neuro-developmental disorder.

(3) Autism is caused solely by environmental factors.

(4) Autism can be cured and improves with age.

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ “Sfl‹ËŸÃÊ” ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ◊¥ ‚„Ë „Ò?
(1) Sfl‹ËŸÃÊ flÊ‹ ‚÷Ë ‹ÊªÊ¥ ◊¥ ∑§◊-‚-∑§◊ ∞∑§ Áfl‡Ê· ∑§Ê҇ʋ „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(2) Sfl‹ËŸÃÊ ∞∑§ Ã¥ÁòÊ∑§Ëÿ Áfl∑§Ê‚Êà◊∑§ Áfl∑§Ê⁄U „Ò–
(3) Sfl‹ËŸÃÊ ∑§fl‹ flÊÃÊfl⁄UáÊËÿ ∑§Ê⁄U∑§Ê¥ ∑§ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(4) Sfl‹ËŸÃÊ ∑§Ê ß‹Ê¡ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò; ©◊˝ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ß‚◊¥ ‚ÈœÊ⁄U •ÊÃÊ „Ò–

23. A key commonality in Piaget and Vygotsky’s theories is :

(1) Their views of relationship between language and thought.

(2) Focus on stage-like progression in children’s development.

(3) Involvement and engagement of children in their own learning.

(4) The role of culture in the cognitive processes.

Á¬ÿÊ¡ •ÊÒ⁄U flÊÿªÊàS∑§Ë ∑§ Á‚hÊ¥ÃÊ¥ ◊¥ ∞∑§ ¬˝◊Èπ ‚◊ÊŸÃÊ „Ò —
(1) ÷Ê·Ê •ÊÒ⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§ ’Ëø ‚¥’¥œÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ©Ÿ∑§ Áø¥ÃŸ–
(2) ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ◊¥ ø⁄UáÊ-¡Ò‚Ë ¬˝ªÁà ¬⁄U äÿÊŸ–
(3) ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§Ë Sflÿ¥ ∑§Ë Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ◊¥ ‚¥‹ÇŸÃÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ¡È«∏Êfl–
(4) ‚¥ôÊÊŸÊà◊∑§ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ•Ê¥ ◊¥ ‚¥S∑ΧÁà ∑§Ë ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê–

P-II !JSS-24-II! 9 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 9 of 80

m
om .co

. c em
m as
se ag l
24. Assertion (A) : Teachers should respect the individual differences among learners and adapt

their teaching to cater to needs of all students.

Reason (R) : Collaborations, group works and interactions among students should be avoided

while teaching a class of diverse learners.

Choose the correct option.

m
.co
(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

m
(2)
.co
Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).

m s e m
s e l a
(3)

l a
(A) is true but (R) is false.

g ag
(4) a
Both (A) and (R) are false.

•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) : Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ëø √ÿÁÄêà Á÷ãŸÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ‚ê◊ÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ øÊÁ„∞ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚÷Ë Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë
•Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U •¬Ÿ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ∑§Ê ‚◊ÊÿÊÁ¡Ã ∑§⁄UŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–

∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) : Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÁflÁflœ ¬Îc∆U÷ÍÁ◊ ∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬…∏ÊÃ ‚◊ÿ, ©Ÿ∑§ ’Ëø ‚„ÿÊª, ‚◊Í„ ∑§Êÿ¸ •ÊÒ⁄U
’ÊÃøËà ‚ ’øŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
m
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥–
.co
s em
la
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U (A) ∑§Ë (R) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–

(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ‹Á∑§Ÿ (A)
g
a∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(R)

(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–

(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „¥Ò–

m
m .co
25. Which learning strategy involves children teaching others what they have learned ?

m .co(1) Conditioned learning (2) Rote learning
s e m
s e g l a
g la (3) Expository teaching (4) Reciprocal teaching
a
a Á∑§‚ •Áœª◊ ∑§Ë ⁄UáÊŸËÁà ◊¥ ’ëøÊ¥ mÊ⁄UÊ ŒÍ‚⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê Á‚πÊŸÊ ‡ÊÊÁ◊‹ „Ò ¡Ê ©ã„Ê¥Ÿ ‚ËπÊ „Ò?

(1) •ŸÈ’¥œŸ •Áœª◊ (2) ⁄U≈U∑§⁄U ‚ËπŸÊ

(3) √ÿÊÅÿÊà◊∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ (4) ¬Ê⁄US¬Á⁄U∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ

P-II !JSS-24-II! 10 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 10 of 80

26. Assertion (A) : In Asian cultures which stress social harmony, expressions of ‘anger’ are

discouraged and ‘shame’ is encouraged.

Reason (R) : Emotions are subjective and do not play any role in learning.

Choose the correct option.

(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).

(3) (A) is true but (R) is false.

(4) Both (A) and (R) are false.

•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) : ∞Á‡ÊÿÊ߸ ‚¥S∑ΧÁÃÿÊ¥ ◊¥ ¡Ê ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ‚jÊflŸÊ ¬⁄U ¡Ê⁄U ŒÃ „Ò¥, “∑˝§Êœ” ∑§Ë •Á÷√ÿÁÄà ∑§Ê „ÃÊà‚ÊÁ„Ã
Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U “‡Ê◊¸” ∑§Ê ¬˝Êà‚ÊÁ„à Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) : ÷ÊflŸÊ∞° √ÿÁÄì⁄U∑§ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚ËπŸ ◊¥ ∑§Ê߸ ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê Ÿ„Ë¥ ÁŸ÷ÊÃË „Ò¥–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥–
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U (A) ∑§Ë (R) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ‹Á∑§Ÿ (A) ∑§Ë (R) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–

27. According to Jean Piaget how are children different from adults ?

(1) Children are dependent on adults while adults are independent.

(2) Adults are much more knowledgeable than children.

(3) Children’s thinking is qualitatively different from that of adults.

(4) Children’s thinking is quantitatively different from that of adults.

¡ËŸ Á¬ÿÊ¡ ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ’ëø flÿS∑§Ê¥ ‚ Á∑§‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U Á÷㟠„Ò¥?
(1) ’ëø flÿS∑§Ê¥ ¬⁄U ÁŸ÷¸⁄U „ÊÃ „Ò¥ ¡’Á∑§ flÿS∑§ SflÃ¥òÊ „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(2) ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§Ë ÃÈ‹ŸÊ ◊¥ flÿS∑§ ’„Èà •Áœ∑§ ôÊÊŸË „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(3) ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‚Êø flÿS∑§Ê¥ ‚ ªÈáÊÊà◊∑§ M§¬ ‚ Á÷㟠„ÊÃË „Ò–
(4) ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‚Êø ◊ÊòÊÊà◊∑§ M§¬ ‚ flÿS∑§Ê¥ ‚ Á÷㟠„ÊÃË „Ò–

P-II !JSS-24-II! 11 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 11 of 80

28. Which of the following question promotes analytical thinking ?

(1) The capital city of India is __________

(2) How many States are there in India ?

(3) What is the total population of India ?

(4) What are the various causes of increase of population in India ?

ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ¬˝‡Ÿ Áfl‡‹·áÊÊà◊∑§ Áø¥ÃŸ ∑§Ê ’…∏ÊflÊ ŒÃÊ „Ò?
(1) ÷Ê⁄Uà ∑§Ë ⁄UÊ¡œÊŸË __________ „Ò –
(2) ÷Ê⁄Uà ◊¥ Á∑§ÃŸ ⁄UÊíÿ „Ò¥?
(3) ÷Ê⁄Uà ∑§Ë ∑ȧ‹ ¡Ÿ‚¥ÅÿÊ Á∑§ÃŸË „Ò?
(4) ÷Ê⁄Uà ◊¥ ¡Ÿ‚¥ÅÿÊ flÎÁh ∑§ ÁflÁ÷㟠∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ÄÿÊ „Ò¥?

29. Inclusive classrooms :

(1) Recognize that every child will learn at the same rate and at the same time.

(2) Is an educational program offered to cater to the needs of ‘special children’.

(3) Are meant to offer differentiated instructions as per individual differences.

(4) Aim to remove all kinds of differences among the children.

‚◊Êfl‡ÊË ∑§ˇÊÊ•Ê¥ —
(1) ∑§Ê ¬„øÊŸŸÊ øÊÁ„∞ Á∑§ „⁄U ’ëøÊ ∞∑§ „Ë Œ⁄U ‚ •ÊÒ⁄U ∞∑§ „Ë ‚◊ÿ ◊¥ ‚ËπªÊ–
(2) ◊¥ “Áfl‡Ê· ’ëøÊ¥” ∑§Ë ¡M§⁄UÃÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬Í⁄UÊ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∞∑§ •‹ª ‡ÊÒÁˇÊ∑§ ∑§Êÿ¸∑˝§◊ ¬‡Ê Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(3) •‹ª-•‹ª Á÷ÛÊÃÊ•Ê¥U ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U Áfl÷ÁŒÃ ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê ÁŒ∞ ¡ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(4) ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ëø „⁄U Ã⁄U„ ∑§Ë ÁflÁ÷ãŸÃÊ ∑§Ê ŒÍ⁄U ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê ‹ˇÿ ⁄UπÃË „Ò¥–

30. Assertion (A) : Teachers should give lot of opportunities to children for experimentation and

discuss examples and non-examples.

Reason (R) : A constructive way of dealing with misconceptions in children is to provide

counter examples.

Choose the correct option.

(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).

(3) (A) is true but (R) is false.

(4) Both (A) and (R) are false.

•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) : Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§ Á‹∞ ’„Èà ‚Ê⁄U •fl‚⁄U ŒŸ øÊÁ„∞ •ÊÒ⁄U ©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊÊ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ªÒ⁄U-©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊÊ¥ ¬⁄U
øøʸ ∑§⁄UŸË øÊÁ„∞–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ(R) : ’ëøÊ¥ ◊¥ ª‹Ã œÊ⁄UáÊÊ•Ê¥ ‚ ÁŸ¬≈UŸ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ ⁄UøŸÊà◊∑§ Ã⁄UË∑§Ê Áfl¬⁄UËà ©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊ ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ „Ò–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥–
(1) (A)•ÊÒ⁄U ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U
(R) ∑§Ë
(A) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(R)

(2) (A)•ÊÒ⁄U ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ‹Á∑§Ÿ
(R) ∑§Ë
(A)‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(R)

(3) (A)‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ ª‹Ã „Ò–
(R)

(4) (A)•ÊÒ⁄U ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–
(R)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 12 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 12 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
IMPORTANT / ◊„ûfl¬Íáʸ
Candidates have to do questions 31 to 90 EITHER from Part - II (Mathematics and Science) OR from

Part - III (Social Studies / Social Science).

¬⁄UˡÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝‡Ÿ 31 ‚ 90 ÿÊ ÃÊ ÷ʪ - II (ªÁáÊà fl ÁflôÊÊŸ) ÿÊ ÷ʪ - III (‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ •äÿÿŸ / ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§
ÁflôÊÊŸ) ‚ ∑§⁄UŸ „Ò¥–
PART - II / ÷ʪ - II

m
.co
MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE / ªÁáÊà fl ÁflôÊÊŸ
o m m
c
ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê — ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ .©ûÊ⁄U ŒŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚„Ë/‚’‚ ©¬ÿÈÄà Áfl∑§À¬ øÈÁŸ∞–
Direction : Answer the following questions by selecting the correct/most appropriate options.

s e
s em l a
la ag
31. Perimeter of a quadrilateral ABCD is 120 cm. If BC=48 cm, CD=17 cm, AD=40 cm and

g
2
∠ A= ∠ B=908, then area of quadrilateral ABCD (in cm ) is :

(1)
a
660 (2) 690 (3) 720 (4) 750

Á∑§‚Ë øÃÈ÷ȸ¡ ABCD ∑§Ê ¬Á⁄U◊ʬ 120 cm „Ò– ÿÁŒ BC=48 cm, CD=17 cm, AD=40 cm ÃÕÊ ∠ A= ∠B=908
„Ò, ÃÊ øÃÈ÷¸È¡ ABCD ∑§Ê ˇÊòÊ»§‹ ( cm
2
◊¥) „Ò —
(1) 660 (2) 690 (3) 720 (4) 750

m
32. Which of the following statement is least appropriate regarding the proofs in mathematics ?

(1) It explains why a particular mathematical result must be true.

m .co
(2)

s e
It helps to reveal the connections and provide insights into the underlying structure of

mathematics.

g la
(3)
a
It can help the students to validate their own reasoning.

(4) Proofs are built on intuitive knowledge and not reasoning.

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ªÁáÊà ◊¥ ©¬¬ÁûÊÿÊ¥ ∑§ ‚¥’¥œ ◊¥ ‚’‚ ∑§◊ ©¬ÿÈÄà „Ò?
(1) ÿ„ √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò Á∑§ ∞∑§ Áfl‡Ê· ªÁáÊÃËÿ ¬Á⁄UáÊÊ◊ ‚àÿ ÄÿÊ¥ „ÊŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
(2) ÿ„ ‚¥’¥œÊ¥ ∑§Ê ©¡Êª⁄U ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ ◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ªÁáÊà ∑§Ë •¥ÃÁŸ¸Á„à ‚¥⁄UøŸÊ ◊¥ •¥ÃŒÎ¸Ác≈U ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(3) ÿ„ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê •¬Ÿ Sflÿ¥ ∑§ Ã∑¸§ ∑§Ê ◊Êãÿ ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ ◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
m
m ©¬¬ÁûÊÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÁŸ◊ʸáÊ •¥ÃŒ¸‡Ê˸ÿ ôÊÊŸ ¬⁄U „ÊÃÊ „Ò ŸÊ Á∑§ Ã∑¸§ ¬⁄U– .co
.co m
(4)

m s e
s e SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
g l a
g la a
a

P-II !JSS-24-II! 13 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 13 of 80

33. PQRS is a parallelogram whose diagonals PR and QS intersect at a point O such that

OP=(x+7) cm, OQ=(x+y) cm, OR=20 cm and OS=16 cm. Then, value of (7y+5) (in cm) is :

(1) 21 (2) 23 (3) 26 (4) 28

PQRS ∞∑§ ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U øÃÈ÷ȸ¡ „Ò, Á¡‚∑§ Áfl∑§áʸ PR •ÊÒ⁄U QS ¬⁄US¬⁄U Á’¥ŒÈ ¬⁄U ¬˝ÁÃë¿UŒ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥– ÿÁŒ
O OP=(x+7) cm,

OQ=(x+y) cm, OR=20 cm ÃÕÊ OS=16 cm „Ò, ÃÊ (7y+5) ∑§Ê ( ◊¥) ◊ÊŸ „Ò —
cm

(1) 21 (2) 23 (3) 26 (4) 28

34. The value of 52×3÷4+ 441 ÷7×3+5−32÷8×12 is :

(1) 0 (2) 5 (3) 15 (4) 21

52×3÷4+ 441 ÷7×3+5−32÷8×12 ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „Ò —
(1) 0 (2) 5 (3) 15 (4) 21

5 3
35. Arun is three years older than Varun. Eight years ago, th of Arun’s age exceeded th of Varun’s
6 5

age by 6 years. If the present age of Varun is x years, then the value of x can be determined by

solving the equation :

5 3 5 3
(1) ( x − 5) − ( x − 8) = 6 (2) ( x − 8) − ( x − 5) = 6
6 5 6 5

3 5 3 5
(3) ( x + 5) − ( x − 8) = 6 (4) ( x + 3) − ( x − 8) = 6
5 6 5 6

5 3
•L§áÊ, flL§áÊ ‚ ÃËŸ fl·¸ ’«∏Ê „Ò– •Ê∆U fl·¸ ¬„‹, •L§áÊ ∑§Ë •ÊÿÈ ∑§Ê 6
flÊ°, flL§áÊ ∑§Ë •ÊÿÈ ∑§ 5
flÊ° ‚ fl·¸ •Áœ∑§ ÕÊ–
6

ÿÁŒ flL§áÊ ∑§Ë flø◊ÊŸ •ÊÿÈ fl·¸ „Ò, Ã’ ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ ÁŸêŸ ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ê „‹ ∑§⁄UŸ ‚ ¬˝Êåà „Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò —
x x

5 3 5 3
(1) ( x − 5) − ( x − 8) = 6 (2) ( x − 8) − ( x − 5) = 6
6 5 6 5

3 5 3 5
(3) ( x + 5) − ( x − 8) = 6 (4) ( x + 3) − ( x − 8) = 6
5 6 5 6

SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„

P-II !JSS-24-II! 14 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 14 of 80

36. The domain of learning that deals with attitudes and values is known as :

(1) Knowledge domain (2) Cognitive domain

(3) Affective domain (4) Psychomotor domain

•Áœª◊ ∑§Ê fl„ ˇÊòÊ ¡Ê Á∑§ √ÿfl„Ê⁄U ∞fl¥ ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ‚¥’¥ÁœÃ „Ò ©‚ __________ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ ¡ÊŸÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–

(1) ôÊÊŸ ˇÊòÊ (2) ‚¥ôÊÊŸÊà◊∑§ ˇÊòÊ

(3) ÷ÊflÊà◊∑§ ˇÊòÊ (4) ◊ŸÊ-ªàÿÊà◊∑§ ˇÊòÊ

37. The height and base radius of a right circular cylinder are 9 cm and 6 cm respectively. If the base

radius becomes half and height increases by 3 cm, then which of the following describes the new

volume of the cylinder ?

(1) The new volume will be twice the original volume.

(2) The new volume will be half the original volume.

(3) The new volume will be thrice the original volume.

(4) The new volume will be one-third the original volume.

Á∑§‚Ë ‹¥’ flÎûÊËÿ ’‹Ÿ ∑§Ë ™°§øÊ߸ •ÊÒ⁄U •ÊœÊ⁄U ÁòÊíÿÊ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— •ÊÒ⁄U
9 cm „Ò¥– ÿÁŒ •ÊœÊ⁄U ÁòÊíÿÊ •ÊœË ∑§⁄U ŒË ¡Ê∞
6 cm

ÃÕÊ ™°§øÊ߸ ◊¥ 3 cm∑§Ë flÎÁh ∑§⁄U ŒË ¡Ê∞, ÃÊ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ß‚ ’‹Ÿ ∑§ Ÿ∞ •Êÿß ∑§Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò?

(1) ŸÿÊ •Êÿß ◊Í‹ •Êÿß ∑§Ê ŒÈªÈŸÊ „Ê ¡Ê∞ªÊ–

(2) ŸÿÊ •Êÿß ◊Í‹ •Êÿß ∑§Ê •ÊœÊ „Ê ¡Ê∞ªÊ–

(3) ŸÿÊ •Êÿß ◊Í‹ •Êÿß ∑§Ê ÁÃªÈŸÊ „Ê ¡Ê∞ªÊ–

(4) ŸÿÊ •Êÿß ◊Í‹ •Êÿß ∑§Ê ∞∑§-ÁÄÊ߸ „Ê ¡Ê∞ªÊ–
SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„

P-II !JSS-24-II! 15 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 15 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
38. Arrange the following statements according to ascending levels of geometrical thinking as per

Van-Hiele’s theory of geometrical learning.

(a) Identification of properties of geometrical shapes

(b) Classification of different shapes

(c) Finding relationship between the properties of geometrical shapes

(d) Identification of geometrical shapes as they are

m
.co
Choose the correct option :

m
.co m
(1) (a), (b), (c), (d) (2) (d), (b), (a), (c)

m s e
(3)

s e
(d), (c), (b), (a) (4) (a), (c), (b), (d)

•Áœª◊ ∑§ Á‚hʥà ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê íÿÊÁ◊ÃËÿ ‚Êø ∑§ •Ê⁄UÊ„Ë SÃ⁄UÊ¥ ◊g l a
∑§ËÁ¡∞– g l a
flÒŸ „Ò‹ ∑§ íÿÊÁ◊ÃËÿ
a ¥ √ÿflÁSÕÃ
a
(a) íÿÊÁ◊ÃËÿ •Ê∑ΧÁÃÿÊ¥ ∑§ ªÈáÊÊ¥ ∑§Ë ¬„øÊŸ
(b) ÁflÁ÷㟠•Ê∑ΧÁÃÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê flªË¸∑§⁄UáÊ
(c) íÿÊÁ◊ÃËÿ •Ê∑ΧÁÃÿÊ¥ ∑§ ªÈáÊÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ëø ‚¥’¥œ …°ÍU…UŸÊ
(d) íÿÊÁ◊ÃËÿ •Ê∑ΧÁÃÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë, ¡Ò‚Ë fl „Ò, ©‚Ë M§¬ ◊¥ ¬„øÊŸ
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥ —
m
(1) (a), (b), (c), (d) (2)
.co
(d), (b), (a), (c)

(3) (d), (c), (b), (a)

s em
(4) (a), (c), (b), (d)

g la
39.
a
In a pie chart, the marks obtained by a student in Mathematics, Science, Social Science, Hindi and

English are respectively represented by sectors of central angles 908, 808, 658, 758 and 508. If the

total marks obtained by the students were 540, then what is the difference of the marks obtained

by him/her in Mathematics and English ?

(1) 60 (2) 50 (3) 40 (4) 30

∞∑§ ¬Ê߸ øÊ≈¸U ◊¥, Á∑§‚Ë ÁfllÊÕ˸ mÊ⁄UÊ ªÁáÊÃ, ÁflôÊÊŸ, ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ, Á„ãŒË •ÊÒ⁄U •¥ª˝¡Ë ◊¥ ¬˝Êåà •¥∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ∑˝§◊‡Ê—
908, 808,

658, 758 •ÊÒ⁄U508 ∑§ ∑§ãŒ˝Ëÿ ∑§ÊáÊÊ¥ flÊ‹ ÁòÊíÿ π¥«UÊ¥ mÊ⁄UÊ ÁŸM§Á¬Ã Á∑§ÿÊ „Ò– ÿÁŒ ©‚ ÁfllÊÕ˸ mÊ⁄UÊ ¬˝Êåà ∑ȧ‹ •¥∑§ 540

Õ, ÃÊ ©‚∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ ªÁáÊà •ÊÒ⁄U •¥ª˝¡Ë ◊¥ ¬˝Êåà •¥∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê •¥Ã⁄U ÄÿÊ „Ò?
m
m .co
.co
(1) 60 (2) 50 (3) 40 (4) 30

e m
e m SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK /
as
⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
l
las ag
ag

P-II !JSS-24-II! 16 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 16 of 80

40. At upper primary stage, as per NCERT, which of the following topics have NOT been included

under number system ?

(1) Complex Numbers (2) Fractions

(3) Exponents and Powers (4) Square roots and cube roots

NCERT ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U, ©ìÊ ¬˝ÊÕÁ◊∑§ SÃ⁄U ¬⁄U, ‚¥ÅÿÊ ¬˝áÊÊ‹Ë ∑§ •¥Ãª¸Ã, ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚ ¬˝∑§⁄UáÊ ‚Áê◊Á‹Ã Ÿ„Ë¥
Á∑§∞ ª∞ „¥Ò?
(1) ‚Áê◊üÊ ‚¥ÅÿÊ∞° (2) Á÷ãŸ
(3) ÉÊÊÃÊ¥∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U ÉÊÊà (4) flª¸◊Í‹ •ÊÒ⁄U ÉÊŸ◊Í‹

41. Which of the following statement is NOT correct with respect to Rubrics as a tool of assessment ?

(1) Rubrics has a fixed scale.

(2) Rubrics has a list of characteristics describing performance for each point on the scale.

(3) Rubrics consist of a clear performance target for students.

(4) Rubrics make evaluation more subjective.

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ •Ê∑§‹Ÿ ∑§ ∞∑§ ‚ÊœŸ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ M§Á’˝∑§ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚àÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) M§Á’˝∑§ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ ÁŸÁ‡øà ¬Ò◊ÊŸÊ „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(2) M§Á’˝∑§ ∑§ ¬Ò◊ÊŸ ¬⁄U ¬˝àÿ∑§ Á’ãŒÍ ¬⁄U ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ∑§Ê fláʸŸ ∑§⁄UŸ flÊ‹Ë Áfl‡Ê·ÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚ÍøË „ÊÃË „Ò–
(3) M§Á’˝∑§ ◊¥ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∞∑§ S¬c≈U ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ‹ˇÿ „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(4) M§Á’˝∑§ ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§ √ÿÁÄì⁄U∑§ ’ŸÊÃÊ „Ò–

42. The number of faces (F), edges (E) and vertices (V) of a polyhedron are 7, 15 and x, respectively.

Then, the value of (2F+3E−4x) is :

(1) 20 (2) 19 (3) 18 (4) 17

Á∑§‚Ë ’„È»§‹∑§Ë ∑§ »§‹∑§Ê¥ (F), Á∑§ŸÊ⁄UÊ¥ (E) •ÊÒ⁄U ‡ÊË·ÊZ (V) ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ∞° ∑˝§◊‡Ê— 7, 15 •ÊÒ⁄U „Ò¥– Ã’,
x (2F+3E−4x)

∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „Ò —
(1) 20 (2) 19 (3) 18 (4) 17

SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„

P-II !JSS-24-II! 17 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 17 of 80

2
43. If (2x+5y) −5(2x+5y)−14=(2x+5y+p)(2x+5y+q), then the value of (p+q) is :

(1) 7 (2) −14 (3) 9 (4) −5

ÿÁŒ 2
(2x+5y) −5(2x+5y)−14=(2x+5y+p)(2x+5y+q) „Ò, ÃÊ (p+q) ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „Ò —

(1) 7 (2) −14 (3) 9 (4) −5

44. Two parallel lines are intersected by a transversal and the two interior angles so formed on the

same side of the transversal are (2x+158) and (3x−208). Then, the value of (4x+68) is :

(1) 1 5 48 (2) 1 5 08 (3) 1 4 88 (4) 1 4 68

∞∑§ ÁÃÿ¸∑§ ⁄UπÊ ŒÊ ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U ⁄UπÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃë¿UŒ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò ÃÕÊ ß‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ÁÃÿ¸∑§ ⁄UπÊ ∑§ ∞∑§ „Ë •Ê⁄U ’Ÿ ŒÊ •¥Ã—∑§ÊáÊ
(2x+158) •ÊÒ⁄U „Ò¥– Ã’,
(3x−208) ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „Ò —
(4x+68)

(1) 1 5 48 (2) 1 5 08 (3) 1 4 88 (4) 1 4 68

6 3 3 8
45. The sum of the largest and smallest fractions among , 2 , and 2 is :
7 5 8 15

9 37 7 39
(1) 2 (2) 2 (3) 2 (4) 2
35 40 35 40

6 3 3 8
Á÷ãŸÊ¥ , 2 , •ÊÒ⁄U 2 ◊¥ ‚’‚ ’«∏Ë •ÊÒ⁄U ‚’‚ ¿UÊ≈UË Á÷ãŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÿÊª „Ò —
7 5 8 15

9 37 7 39
(1) 2 (2) 2 (3) 2 (4) 2
35 40 35 40

SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„

P-II !JSS-24-II! 18 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 18 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
46. Which of the following does not imply the meaning of assessment ?

(1) It is evaluation.

(2) It helps to label the students.

(3) It helps to diagnose individual differences.

m
(4) It is a procedure to gather information of student’s performance.

o m
ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ÄÿÊ •Ê∑§‹Ÿ ∑§ •Õ¸ ∑§Ê Ÿ„Ë¥ ‚◊¤ÊÊÃÊ?
c m .co
ÿ„ ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ „Òm
. s e
(1)

s e –
l a
(2)
g a
l ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊Ê¥Á∑§Ã ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ ‚„ÊÿÃÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
ÿ„ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ ag
a
(3) ÿ„ √ÿÁÄêà Á÷ãŸÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÁŸŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ ‚„ÊÿÃÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(4) ÿ„ ÁfllÊÕ˸ ∑§ ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ¬⁄U ¡ÊŸ∑§Ê⁄UË ∞∑§ÁòÊà ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ Ã⁄UË∑§Ê „Ò–

47. Which of the following is NOT an indicator of creativity in Mathematics ?

m
.co
(1) Students use convergent thinking in different contexts.

(2) Students are able to think flexibly.

e m
(3)
las
Students use multiple and alternate problem solving strategies.

(4) Students can pose questions. ag
ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ÄÿÊ ªÁáÊà ◊¥ ⁄UøŸÊà◊∑§ÃÊ ∑§Ê ‚¥∑§Ã∑§ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) ÁfllÊÕ˸ ÁflÁ÷㟠‚¥Œ÷ÊZ ◊¥ •Á÷‚Ê⁄UË Áø¥ÃŸ ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò–
(2) ÁfllÊÕ˸ ‹øË‹Ë ‚Êø ◊¥ ‚ˇÊ◊ „Ò¥–
(3) ÁfllÊÕ˸ ÁflÁflœ •ÊÒ⁄U flÒ∑§ÁÀ¬∑§ ‚◊SÿÊ ‚◊ʜʟ ∑§Ë ∑§Êÿ¸ŸËÁÃÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
m
m ÁfllÊÕ˸ ¬˝‡Ÿ ¬˝SÃÈà ∑§⁄U ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥– .co
.co m
(4)

m s e
s e
SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
g l a
g la a
a

P-II !JSS-24-II! 19 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 19 of 80

48. If x is the least number which must be added to 955 to make it a perfect square, then value of 3x+2

is equal to :

(1) 20 (2) 14 (3) 11 (4) 5

ÿÁŒ 955 ◊¥ ¡Ê«∏Ë ¡ÊŸ flÊ‹Ë ∞‚Ë ãÿÍŸÃ◊ ‚¥ÅÿÊ „Ò, ¡Ê ©‚ ∞∑§ ¬Íáʸ flª¸ ’ŸÊ ŒÃË „Ò, ÃÊ
x 3x+2 ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
(1) 20 (2) 14 (3) 11 (4) 5

49. How many natural numbers between 1 and 500 are divisible by each of the numbers 3, 5 and 7 ?

(1) 3 (2) 4 (3) 5 (4) 6

1 •ÊÒ⁄U 500 ∑§ ’Ëø ∞‚Ë Á∑§ÃŸË ¬˝Ê∑Χà ‚¥ÅÿÊ∞° „Ò¥, ¡Ê ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥ 3, 5 •ÊÒ⁄U ◊¥ ‚ ¬˝àÿ∑§ ‚ Áfl÷Êíÿ „Ò¥?
7

(1) 3 (2) 4 (3) 5 (4) 6

50. According to National Curriculum Framework 2005 which of the following process is least

important in mathematics ?

(1) Solving day to day problems.

(2) Understanding when and how a mathematical technique is to be used.

(3) Finding short-cuts in mathematics.

(4) Generalizing a mathematical formula.

⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ¬Ê∆Køÿʸ M§¬⁄UπÊ 2005 ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ë ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ ªÁáÊà ◊¥ ‚’‚ ∑§◊ ◊„àfl¬Íáʸ „Ò?
(1) ÁŒŸ ¬˝ÁÃÁŒŸ ∑§Ë ‚◊SÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊ʜʟ ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
(2) ÿ„ ‚◊¤ÊŸÊ Á∑§ ªÁáÊÃËÿ Ã∑§ŸË∑§ ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª ∑§’ •ÊÒ⁄U ∑Ò§‚ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
(3) ªÁáÊà ◊¥ ‡ÊÊ≈¸U∑§≈U πÊ¡ŸÊ–
(4) ªÁáÊÃËÿ ‚ÍòÊ ∑§Ê ‚Ê◊ÊãÿË∑§⁄UáÊ–
SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„

P-II !JSS-24-II! 20 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 20 of 80

51. M is a point on side AB of a triangle ABC such that AM=BM=CM. If angles A and B are

respectively x and 708, then the value of (3x+258) is equal to :

(1) 70 8 (2) 85 8 (3) 1 0 08 (4) 1 1 58

Á∑§‚Ë ÁòÊ÷È¡ ABC ∑§Ë ÷È¡Ê AB ¬⁄U M ∞∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ ß‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ÁSÕà „Ò Á∑§ AM=BM=CM „Ò– ÿÁŒ ∑§ÊáÊ A •ÊÒ⁄U B

∑˝§◊‡Ê— •ÊÒ⁄U
x 708 „Ò¥, ÃÊ (3x+258) ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
(1) 70 8 (2) 85 8 (3) 1 0 08 (4) 1 1 58

52. A sum invested at 10% p.a. for 2 years becomes ` 3,267, when the interest is compounded annually.

1
What will be the simple interest on the same sum at the same rate in 2 years ?
2

(1) ` 625 (2) ` 650 (3) ` 675 (4) ` 700

10% flÊÁ·¸∑§ Œ⁄U ¬⁄U ÁŸfl‡Ê ∑§Ë ªß¸ ∞∑§ œŸ⁄UÊÁ‡Ê fl·¸ ◊¥2 ` 3,267 „Ê ¡ÊÃË „Ò, ¡’ éÿÊ¡ flÊÁ·¸∑§ ‚¥ÿÊÁ¡Ã „ÊÃÊ „Ò– ©‚Ë
1
⁄UÊÁ‡Ê ¬⁄U ©‚Ë Œ⁄U ‚ 2 fl·¸ ◊¥ Á∑§ÃŸÊ ‚ÊœÊ⁄UáÊ éÿÊ¡ „ÊªÊ?
2

(1) ` 625 (2) ` 650 (3) ` 675 (4) ` 700

53. D is a point on side AB of a ∆ABC such that CD is the bisector of ∠ACB. If ∠A=508 and ∠B=708,
then ∠ADC is equal to :
(1) 30 8 (2) 50 8 (3) 70 8 (4) 1 0 08

Á∑§‚Ë ÁòÊ÷È¡ ABC ∑§Ë ÷È¡Ê ¬⁄U ÁSÕà ∞∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ ß‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U „Ò Á∑§
AB D CD , ∑§ÊáÊ ACB ∑§Ê ‚◊Ám÷Ê¡∑§ „Ò– ÿÁŒ
∠ A=508 •ÊÒ⁄U ∠ B=708 „Ò, ÃÊ ∠ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
ADC

(1) 30 8 (2) 50 8 (3) 70 8 (4) 1 0 08

54. Marks obtained by some students of a class are 36, 37, 31, 42, 23, 38, 17, 18, 35, 25, 29 and 35.

The difference of the mean and the range of the data is :

(1) 4.5 (2) 5.0 (3) 5.5 (4) 6.0

Á∑§‚Ë ∑§ˇÊÊ ∑§ ∑ȧ¿U ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ mÊ⁄UÊ ¬˝Êåà •¥∑§ 36, 37, 31, 42, 23, 38, 17, 18, 35, 25, 29 •ÊÒ⁄U 35 „Ò¥–
ߟ •Ê°∑§«∏Ê¥ ∑§ ◊Êäÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬Á⁄U‚⁄U ∑§Ê •¥Ã⁄U „Ò —
(1) 4.5 (2) 5.0 (3) 5.5 (4) 6.0

SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„

P-II !JSS-24-II! 21 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 21 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
55. A trader buys 12 fans for ` 24,000. He marks each fan at 25% above the cost price. If he sells all

fans by giving 10% discount on the marked price, then his overall profit (in `) is :

(1) 2700 (2) 3000 (3) 3200 (4) 3500

∞∑§ √ÿʬÊ⁄UË ¬¥π
12 ` 24,000 ◊¥ π⁄UËŒÃÊ „Ò– fl„ ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬¥π ∑§Ê ©‚∑§ ∑˝§ÿ◊ÍÀÿ ‚ •Áœ∑§ ¬⁄U •¥Á∑§Ã ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
25%

ÿÁŒ fl„ ‚÷Ë ¬¥πÊ¥ ∑§Ê 10% ∑§Ë ¿ÍU≈U Œ∑§⁄U ’ø ŒÃÊ „Ò, ÃÊ ∑ȧ‹ Á◊‹Ê∑§⁄U ©‚∑§Ê ‹Ê÷ ( ◊¥) „Ò —
`

m
m .co
.co m
(1) 2700 (2) 3000 (3) 3200 (4) 3500

m s e
s e l a
g l a ag
56.
a
(a − b + c)
2
− (a − b − c)
2

is equal to :
b−a

(1) b−c (2) c− a (3) −4c (4) 2c

2 2
(a − b + c) − (a − b − c)
’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
b−a

m
.co
em
(1) b−c (2) c− a (3) −4c (4) 2c

l as
57.
2
ag
Area of a right triangle is 240 cm . If its one side other than the hypotenuse is 30 cm, then perimeter

(in cm) of the triangle is :

(1) 80 (2) 84 (3) 92 (4) 100

Á∑§‚Ë ‚◊∑§ÊáÊ ÁòÊ÷È¡ ∑§Ê ˇÊòÊ»§‹ 240 cm
2
„Ò– ÿÁŒ ∑§áʸ ∑§ •ÁÃÁ⁄UÄà ©‚∑§Ë ∞∑§ ÷È¡Ê 30 cm „Ò, ÃÊ ©‚ ÁòÊ÷È¡ ∑§Ê
¬Á⁄U◊ʬ ( ◊¥) „Ò —
cm

m
m .co
.co m
(1) 80 (2) 84 (3) 92 (4) 100

⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„se
em la
SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK /

las ag
ag

P-II !JSS-24-II! 22 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 22 of 80

58. A teacher distributes different types of triangle shaped paper cuttings to the learners and tells

them to measure and tabulate the angles in order to find the sum of angles. He tells them to note

the result in each case.

This method of teaching is an example of :

(1) Discovery method (2) Teacher centered approach

(3) Deductive method (4) Analytical approach

∞∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÁflÁ÷㟠¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ ÁòÊ÷È¡Ê∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Êª$¡ ∑§Ë ∑§Ã⁄UŸ¥ ÁflÃÁ⁄Uà ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ©ã„¥ ∑§ÊáÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÿÊª ôÊÊÃ
∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§ÊáÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ◊ʬŸ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚Ê⁄UáÊË’h ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§„ÃÊ „Ò– fl„ ©ã„¥ ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬Á⁄UÁSÕÁà ◊¥ ¬Á⁄UáÊÊ◊ ŸÊ≈U ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§
Á‹∞ ∑§„ÃÊ „Ò–
Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ∑§Ë ÿ„ ÁflÁœ __________ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ ©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊ „Ò–
(1) πÊ¡ ÁflÁœ (2) Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ∑¥§ÁŒ˝Ã ©¬Êª◊
(3) ÁŸª◊ŸÊà◊∑§ ÁflÁœ (4) Áfl‡‹·áÊÊà◊∑§ ©¬Êª◊

59. Which of the following is NOT true ?

(1) 3+4×5 is not a mathematical expression

(2) Operations of multiplication can be done on mathematical expressions

2
(3) The expression (x +10x+25) cannot be simplified further

(4) The value of the variable in an equation which satisfy the equation is called a solution of the

equation

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ‚àÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) 3+4×5 ∞∑§ ªÁáÊÃËÿ √ÿ¥¡∑§ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò
(2) ªÈáÊŸ ∑§Ë ‚¥Á∑˝§ÿÊ∞° ªÁáÊÃËÿ √ÿ¥¡∑§Ê¥ ¬⁄U ∑§Ë ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃË „Ò¥
(3) √ÿ¥¡∑§ 2
(x +10x+25) ∑§Ê •ÊÒ⁄U •Áœ∑§ ‚⁄U‹ Ÿ„Ë¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò
(4) ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ ◊¥ ø⁄U ∑§Ê fl„ ◊ÊŸ ¡Ê ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ê ‚¥ÃÈc≈U ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò, ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ê „‹ ∑§„‹ÊÃÊ „Ò

60. The ratio of two numbers is 3 : 7 and their LCM is 630. Then, sum of the LCM and HCF of these

numbers is :

(1) 30 (2) 300 (3) 600 (4) 660

ŒÊ ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê •ŸÈ¬Êà 3 : 7 „Ò ÃÕÊ ßŸ∑§Ê LCM=630 „Ò– Ã’, ߟ ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§ LCM •ÊÒ⁄U HCF ∑§Ê ÿÊª „Ò —
(1) 30 (2) 300 (3) 600 (4) 660

SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„

P-II !JSS-24-II! 23 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 23 of 80

Direction : Answer the following questions by selecting the correct/most appropriate options.

ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê — ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ ©ûÊ⁄U ŒŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚„Ë/‚’‚ ©¬ÿÈÄà Áfl∑§À¬ øÈÁŸ∞–
61. (A) Metal oxides are basic in nature.

(B) Air expands on heating.

(C) Lime water turns milky on passing carbondioxide.

(D) Sodium hydroxide and hydrochloric acid neutralise each other.

If observation is represented by O and inference by I, which of the following statements is correct ?

(1) O - C, D; I - A, B (2) O - B, C; I - A, D

(3) O - C; I - A, B, D (4) O - A, B; I - B, C

(A) œÊÃÈ-•ÊÚÄ‚Êß«U ¬˝∑ΧÁà ◊¥ ˇÊÊ⁄U∑§Ëÿ „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(B) flÊÿÈ ª◊¸ „ÊŸ ¬⁄U »Ò§‹ÃË „Ò–
(C) ∑§Ê’¸Ÿ «UÊß•ÊÚÄ‚Êß«U ¬˝fl‡Ê («UÊ‹Ÿ ¬⁄U) ∑§⁄UÊŸ ¬⁄U øÍŸ ∑§Ê ¬ÊŸË ŒÈÁœÿÊ „Ê ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(D) ‚ÊÁ«Uÿ◊ „Êß«˛UÊÄ‚Êß«U ∞fl¥ „Êß«˛UÊÄ‹ÊÁ⁄U∑§ •ê‹ ∞∑§ ŒÍ‚⁄U ∑§Ê ©ŒÊ‚ËŸ ∑§⁄U ŒÃ „Ò¥–
•ª⁄U •fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ mÊ⁄UÊ ÁŸM§Á¬Ã „Ò ∞fl¥ mÊ⁄UÊ •äÿÊ„Ê⁄U (ÁŸc∑§·¸) „Ò ÃÊ ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë „Ò?
O I

(1) O - C, D; I - A, B (2) O - B, C; I - A, D

(3) O - C; I - A, B, D (4) O - A, B; I - B, C

62. Which of the following is not a feature of alternate conceptions in science ?

(1) Ideas are stable.

(2) Ideas are resistant to change.

(3) Ideas are developed from observable features.

(4) Ideas do not demonstrate cause and effect reasoning.

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ÁflôÊÊŸ ◊¥ flÒ∑§ÁÀ¬∑§ •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ë Áfl‡Ê·ÃÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) ÁfløÊ⁄U ÁSÕ⁄U „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(2) ÁfløÊ⁄U ¬Á⁄UfløŸ ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœË „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(3) ÁfløÊ⁄U •fl‹Ê∑§Ë∑Χà Áfl‡Ê·ÃÊ•Ê¥ ‚ Áfl∑§Á‚à „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(4) ÁfløÊ⁄U, ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬˝÷Êfl Ã∑¸§ ∑§Ê ¬˝ŒÁ‡Ê¸Ã Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–

63. Read the statements given below and choose the correct option :

Assertion (A) : It is recommended that acid should be added to water for diluting the acid and

not vice-versa.

Reason (R) : Dilution of acid is a highly exothermic reaction.

(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is correct explanation of (A).

(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not correct explanation of (A).

(3) (A) is true but (R) is false.

(4) Both (A) and (R) are false.

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬Á…∏∞ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§Ê øÈŸÊfl ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) :ÿ„ •ŸÈ‡Ê¥Á‚à „Ò Á∑§ •ê‹ ∑§Ê ÃŸÈ ’ŸÊŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡‹ ◊¥ •ê‹ «UÊ‹Ê ¡ÊŸÊ øÊÁ„∞ Ÿ Á∑§ •ê‹ ◊¥ ¡‹–
Ã∑¸§ (R) : •ê‹ ∑§Ê ◊¥ŒŸ (ßÈ∑§⁄UáÊ) ∑§⁄UŸÊ ©ìÊ M§¬ ‚ ™§c◊ÊˇÊ¬Ë •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ „Ò–
(1) •ÊÒ⁄U
(A) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ
(R) ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ „Ò–
(R), (A)

(2) •ÊÒ⁄U
(A) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ¬⁄UãÃÈ
(R) ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(R), (A)

(3) ‚„Ë „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ
(A) (R)ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) •ÊÒ⁄U
(A) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–
(R)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 24 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 24 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
64. Read the statements given below and choose the correct option :

Assertion (A) : The rate of breathing in aquatic animals is slower than land animals.

Reason (R) : Presence of large amounts of dissolved oxygen affects rate of breathing of aquatic

animals.

(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is correct explanation of (A).

(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not correct explanation of (A).

(3) (A) is true but (R) is false.

(4) Both (A) and (R) are false.
m
m
ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬Á…∏∞ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§Ê øÈŸÊfl ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
.co
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) :
.co
Õ‹ ¬˝ÊÁáÊÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ÃÈ‹ŸÊ ◊¥ ¡‹Ëÿ ¬˝ÊÁáÊÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‡fl‚Ÿ Œ⁄U œË◊Ë „ÊÃË „Ò–
m s e m
Ã∑¸§ (R) :

s e ¡‹ ◊¥ ÉÊÈ‹Ë „È߸ •ÊÚÄ‚Ë¡Ÿ ∑§Ë ©ìÊ ◊ÊòÊÊ ¡‹Ëÿ ¬˝ÊÁáÊÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‡fl‚Ÿ Œ⁄U ∑§Ê ¬˝÷ÊÁflà ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò–
l a
(1) (A)

g l
•ÊÒ⁄Ua ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ
(R) ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ „Ò–
(R), (A)
ag
(2) a
•ÊÒ⁄U
(A) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ¬⁄UãÃÈ
(R) ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(R), (A)

(3) ‚„Ë „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ
(A) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(R)

(4) •ÊÒ⁄U
(A) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–
(R)

65. Assertion (A) : The ceilings of cinema halls and concert halls are generally curved.

Reason (R) : Sound waves after striking a curved surface get reflected in all directions.

(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is correct explanation for (A).

(2)

m
Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not correct explanation for (A).

.co
(3) (A) is true but (R) is false.

(4) Both (A) and (R) are false.

e m
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) :
s
Á‚Ÿ◊Ê „ÊÚ‹ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚¥ªËà ‚◊Ê⁄UÊ„ „ÊÚ‹ ∑§Ë ¿UÃ¥ ‚Ê◊Êãÿ× flÁ∑˝§Ã „ÊÃË „Ò–
la
Ã∑¸§
(1)
(R) :

(A) •ÊÒ⁄U(R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ ag
∞∑§ flÁ∑˝§Ã ‚Ä ‚ ≈U∑§⁄UÊŸ ∑§ ¬‡øÊØ äflÁŸ Ã⁄¥Uª¥ ‚÷Ë ÁŒ‡ÊÊ•Ê¥ ◊¥ ¬⁄UÊflÁøà „Ê ¡ÊÃË „Ò¥–
∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ „Ò–
(R), (A)

(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U(R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ¬⁄UãÃÈ ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(R), (A)

(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R)ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U(R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–

66. Which of the following is/are true regarding scientific investigations ?

(a) Results are not influenced by procedure.

m
.co
(b) Social context may influence conclusions in any investigation.

m
.co
(c) Data and evidence are same.

e m
s
(d) There is no universal scientific method.

e m a
ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ‚ flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§ •ŸÈ‚¥œÊŸ •ãfl·áÊ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ‚„Ë „Ò „Ò¥? gl
(1) (a) and (b) (2) (b) and (d) (3) (a) and (c) (4) (c) and (d)

l as / /
a /

ag ¬Á⁄UáÊÊ◊ Á∑˝§ÿÊ ÁflÁœ mÊ⁄UÊ ¬˝÷ÊÁflà Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(a)

Á∑§‚Ë •ŸÈ‚¥œÊŸ •ãfl·áÊ ◊¥ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ¬˝÷ÊÁflà ∑§⁄U ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥–
(b) /

(c) •Ê∑§«¥∏ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚Êˇÿ (¬˝◊ÊáÊ) ‚◊ÊŸ „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(d) ∑§Ê߸ ÷Ë ‚ÊÁfl¸∑§ (‚fl¸√ÿʬË) flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§ ÁflÁœ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U(b) (2) •ÊÒ⁄U
(b) (d) (3) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (4) (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 25 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 25 of 80

67. Read the statements given below and choose the correct options :

Assertion (A) : The filament of an incandescent bulb is made up of tungsten.

Reason (R) : Tungsten has low resistance and high melting point.

(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is correct explanation of (A).

(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not correct explanation of (A).

(3) (A) is true and (R) is false.

(4) Both (A) and (R) are false.

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬Á…∏∞ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§Ê øÈŸÊfl ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) : ∞∑§ ÃʬŒËåà ’À’ ∑§Ê ¬È¥Ã¥ÃÈ (Ã¥ÃÈ) ≈¥UÇS≈UŸ ∑§Ê ’ŸÊ „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
Ã∑¸§ (R) : ≈¥UÇS≈UŸ ∑§Ê ÁŸêŸ ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœ ∞fl¥ ©ìÊ ª‹ŸÊ¥∑§ „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ (R), (A) ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ „Ò–
(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R), (A) ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–

68. Three identical holes are punched at different levels (heights) in a plastic bottle. The bottle is filled

with water. Which of the following statements is true regarding the flow of water from the

holes ?

(a) Water from lowest hole comes out with greatest force

(b) Water from highest hole comes out with greatest force

(c) Water from all holes comes out with equal force

(d) Water from lowest hole falls at maximum distance

(e) Water from highest hole falls at maximum distance

(f) Water from all holes falls at same distance

(1) (c) and (f) (2) (a) and (e) (3) (b) and (e) (4) (a) and (d)

∞∑§ å‹ÊÁS≈U∑§ ∑§Ë ’ÊË ◊¥ Á÷ãŸ-Á÷㟠SÃ⁄UÊ¥ (™°§øÊ߸ÿÊ¥) ¬⁄U ‚◊M§¬ (∞∑§M§¬) ÃËŸ ¿UŒ Á∑§∞ ª∞– ’ÊË ∑§Ê ¬ÊŸË ‚ ÷⁄U
ÁŒÿÊ ªÿÊ– ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ¿UŒÊ¥ ‚ ¬ÊŸË ∑§ (¬˝flÊ„) ’„Êfl ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ‚„Ë „Ò?
(a) ÁŸêŸÃ◊ ¿UŒ ‚ ¬ÊŸË •Áœ∑§Ã◊ ’‹ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ’Ê„⁄U •Ê∞ªÊ
(b) ©ìÊÃ◊ ¿UŒ ‚ ¬ÊŸË •Áœ∑§Ã◊ ’‹ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ’Ê„⁄U •Ê∞ªÊ
(c) ‚÷Ë ¿UŒÊ¥ ‚ ¬ÊŸË ‚◊ÊŸ M§¬ ‚ ’Ê„⁄U •Ê∞ªÊ
(d) ÁŸêŸÃ◊ ¿UŒ ‚ ¬ÊŸË •Áœ∑§Ã◊ ŒÍ⁄UË ¬⁄U Áª⁄UªÊ
(e) ©ìÊÃ◊ ¿UŒ ‚ ¬ÊŸË •Áœ∑§Ã◊ ŒÍ⁄UË ¬⁄U Áª⁄UªÊ
(f) ‚÷Ë ¿UŒÊ¥ ‚ ¬ÊŸË ‚◊ÊŸ ŒÍ⁄UË ¬⁄U Áª⁄UªÊ
(1) (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (f) (2) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (e) (3) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (e) (4) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 26 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 26 of 80

69. Which of the following characterizes human circulatory system ?

(1) open, single circulation (2) open, double circulation

(3) closed, single circulation (4) closed, double circulation

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ÄÿÊ ◊ÊŸfl ¬Á⁄U‚¥øÊ⁄UË ¬˝áÊÊ‹Ë Ã¥òÊ ∑§Ê flÁáʸà ∑§⁄UªÊ?
(1) ÁflflÎÃ, ∞∑§‹ ‚¥øÊ⁄UË (2) ÁflflÎÃ, Ám∑§‚¥øÊ⁄UË
(3) ‚¥flÎÃ, ∞∑§‹ ‚¥øÊ⁄UË (4) ‚¥flÎÃ, Ám∑§‚¥øÊ⁄UË

70. A class VII teacher plans to identify alternate conceptions of students in the topic ‘Adaptations in

plants and animals’. Which of the following sets of strategies is best suited for this purpose ?

(1) Drawings, checklist, interview

(2) Portfolio, group discussion, diagnostic questionnaire

(3) Diagnostic questionnaire, interview, drawings

(4) Project, checklist, drawings

∑§ˇÊÊ VII∑§Ê ∞∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ““¬ÊŒ¬Ê¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ¡Ëfl-¡¥ÃÈ•Ê¥ ◊¥ •ŸÈ∑ͧ‹Ÿ”” Áfl·ÿ ¬⁄U ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë flÒ∑§ÁÀ¬∑§ •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ë
¬„øÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë ÿÊ¡ŸÊ ’ŸÊÃÊ „Ò– ß‚ ©g‡ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ⁄UáÊŸËÁÃÿÊ¥ ∑§ ‚◊Èëøÿ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ‚flʸÁœ∑§ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ
„Ò?
(1) •Ê⁄UπáÊ (ÁøòÊÊ¥∑§Ÿ), ¡Ê°ø-‚ÍøË, ‚ÊˇÊÊà∑§Ê⁄U
(2) ¬Ê≈¸U»§ÊÁ‹•Ê (¬òÊʜʟ), ‚Ê◊ÍÁ„∑§ ¬Á⁄Uøøʸ, ŸÒŒÊÁŸ∑§ ¬˝‡ŸÊfl‹Ë
(3) ŸÒŒÊÁŸ∑§ ¬˝‡ŸÊfl‹Ë, ‚ÊˇÊÊà∑§Ê⁄U, •Ê⁄UπáÊ (ÁøòÊÊ¥∑§Ÿ)
(4) ¬˝ÊÿÊ¡ŸÊ (¬Á⁄UÿÊ¡ŸÊ), ¡Ê°ø-‚ÍøË, •Ê⁄UπáÊ (ÁøòÊÊ¥∑§Ÿ)

71. Which of the following is not caused due to excessive use of fertilizer and pesticides ?

(1) Soil erosion (2) Nitrification

(3) Eutrophication (4) Bio-magnification

©fl¸⁄U∑§Ê¥ ∞fl¥ ∑§Ë≈UŸÊ‡Ê∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê •Áà ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊÃÊ „Ò?
(1) ◊ÎŒÊ •¬⁄UŒŸ (2) ŸÊß≈˛UË∑§⁄UáÊ
(3) ‚ȬÊ·áÊ (4) ¡Òfl •Êflœ¸Ÿ

72. An odometer in a car measures :

(1) distance travelled by the car (2) instantaneous speed of the car

(3) average speed of the car (4) acceleration of the car

∞∑§ ∑§Ê⁄U ◊¥ •Ê«UÊ◊Ë≈U⁄U ◊ʬÃÊ „Ò —
(1) ∑§Ê⁄U mÊ⁄UÊ Ãÿ ∑§Ë ªß¸ ŒÍ⁄UË (2) ∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ë ÃÊà∑§ÊÁ‹∑§ øÊ‹ (ªÁÃ)
(3) ∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ë •ÊÒ‚Ã øÊ‹ (ªÁÃ) (4) ∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ê àfl⁄UáÊ (ªÁÃflœ¸Ÿ)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 27 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 27 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
73. Which of the following is true regarding scientific laws ?

(1) They describe relationships between observable phenomena.

(2) They are formed from scientific theories.

(3) They can’t be challenged.

(4) They provide reasoning for physical phenomena.

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§ ÁŸÿ◊Ê¥ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ‚„Ë „Ò?
m
m
fl •fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ‡ÊË‹ ¬Á⁄UÉÊ≈UŸÊ•Ê¥ ∑§ ◊äÿ ‚¥’¥œÊ¥ ∑§Ê fláʸŸ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
.co
.co
(1)

e m
(2) fl flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§ Á‚hÊ¥ÃÊ¥ ‚ ’ŸÃ „Ò¥–
em l as
(3)

la s
©ã„¥ øÈŸÊÒÃË Ÿ„Ë¥ ŒË ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃË „Ò–
ag
(4) fl a÷ÊÒgÁÃ∑§ ¬Á⁄UÉÊ≈UŸÊ•Ê¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ Ã∑¸§ (ÁflfløŸ) ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–

74. Which of the following statements is/are true ?

(a) Self pollination takes place only in bisexual flowers.

(b) Bisexual flowers can pollinate both by self and cross pollination.

(1) (a) is true and (b) is false. (2) (a) is false and (b) is true.

(3) Both (a) and (b) are false. (4)

m
Both (a) and (b) are true.

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ‚ ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë „Ò¥?
/
.co
(a)
s em
Sfl¬⁄UʪáÊ ∑§fl‹ ÁmÁ‹¥ªË ¬Èc¬Ê¥ (»Í§‹Ê¥) ◊¥ „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
ÁmÁ‹¥ªË ¬Èc¬ (»Í§‹), Sfl ∞fl¥ ¬⁄U-¬⁄UʪáÊgŒÊla
ŸÊ¥ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ‚ ¬⁄Uʪ ‚Ë¥ø ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥–
a
(b)

(1) (a) ‚„Ë „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ª‹Ã „Ò–
(b) (2) ª‹Ã „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U
(a) ‚„Ë „Ò– (b)

(3) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥– (4) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥–

75. Which of the following activities is best suited to develop inductive reasoning ?

(1) asking students to state laws of reflection

(2) asking students to measure angle of reflection for various cases of angle of incidence in a
m
m .co
plane mirror

m .co
(3) verify laws of reflection experimentally

s e m
s e (4) solve numerical problems based on law of reflection

g l a
l a ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ë ªÁÃÁflÁœ •ÊªÁ◊∑§ Áflfl øŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚flʸÁœ∑§ ©¬ÿÈÄa
à „Ò?
ag ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬⁄UÊfløŸ ∑§ ÁŸÿ◊ ’ÃÊŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§„ŸÊ
(1)

(2) ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊Ë Œ¬¸áÊ ◊¥ •Ê¬ÃŸ-∑§ÊáÊ ∑§ ÁflÁ÷㟠◊ʬÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬⁄UÊfløŸ-∑§ÊáÊ ◊ʬŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§„ŸÊ
(3) ¬˝ÿÊªÊà◊∑§ M§¬ ‚ ¬⁄UÊfløŸ ∑§ ÁŸÿ◊Ê¥ ∑§Ê ‚àÿÊÁ¬Ã ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(4) ¬⁄UÊfløŸ ∑§ ÁŸÿ◊ ¬⁄U •ÊœÊÁ⁄Uà ‚¥ÅÿÊ Áfl·ÿ∑§ (‚¥ÅÿÊà◊∑§) ‚◊SÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê „‹ ∑§⁄UŸÊ

P-II !JSS-24-II! 28 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 28 of 80

76. Two sperms of a man fuse with two eggs of a woman. The twins formed are :

(1) identical (2) fraternal

(3) may be identical or fraternal (4) always conjoint

¬ÈL§· ∑§ ŒÊ ‡ÊÈ∑˝§ÊáÊÈ SòÊË ∑§ ŒÊ •¥«UÊ¥ (•¥«U) ∑§ ‚ÊÕ Á◊‹Ã „Ò¥– ’ŸŸ flÊ‹ ¡È«∏flÊ° „ÊÃ „Ò¥ —
(1) ‚◊M§¬ (2) ÷˝ÊòÊËÿ
(3) ‚◊M§¬ •ÕflÊ ÷˝ÊòÊËÿ „Ê ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥ (4) ‚ŒÒfl ‚¥ÿÈÄÃ

77. Which of the following statements is/are true regarding Rainwater harvesting ?

(a) It conserves ground water.

(b) It reduces local flooding.

(c) It creates drainage problems.

(d) It can be used for irrigation of crops.

(1) (a), (b), (c) (2) (a), (c), (d) (3) (a), (b), (d) (4) (b), (c), (d)

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ‚ ∑§ÕŸ fl·Ê¸-¡‹ ‚¥⁄UˇÊáÊ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ‚„Ë „Ò „Ò¥?
/ /

(a) ÿ„ ÷Í-¡‹ ∑§Ê ‚¥⁄UˇÊáÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(b) ÿ„ SÕÊŸËÿ •Êå‹ÊflŸ ∑§Ê ∑§◊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(c) ÿ„ ¡‹ ÁŸ∑§Ê‚ ‚¥’¥œË ‚◊SÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ©à¬ãŸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(d) ßU‚∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª »§‚‹Ê¥ ∑§Ë Á‚¥øÊ߸ ∑§ Á‹∞ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
(1) (a), (b), (c) (2) (a), (c), (d) (3) (a), (b), (d) (4) (b), (c), (d)

78. Discussion on socio-scientific issues in class helps in :

(a) developing argumentative skills in learners

(b) developing multiple perspectives on an issue

(c) encouraging citizen science activities

(d) appreciating the role of society in development of science

(1) (b) and (c) (2) (a), (b) and (c)

(3) (c) and (d) (4) (b), (c) and (d)

∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§-flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§ ◊Ê◊‹Ê¥ ∑§Ë ¬Á⁄Uøøʸ ‚„ÊÿÃÊ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò —
(a) •Áœª◊∑§Ãʸ•Ê¥ ◊¥ Ã∑¸§‚¥ªÃ ∑§Ê҇ʋ ∑§Ê Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥
(b) Á∑§‚Ë ◊Ê◊‹ ¬⁄U ’„È-¬Á⁄U¬˝ˇÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥
(c) ŸÊªÁ⁄U∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ‚¥’¥œË ªÁÃÁflÁœÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝Á⁄Uà ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥
(d) ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ◊¥ ‚◊Ê¡ ∑§Ë ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê ∑§ ◊„àfl ∑§Ê SflË∑§Ê⁄U ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥
(1) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (2) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c)

(3) (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 29 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 29 of 80

79. Which of the following illustrates ‘science as inquiry’ ?

(1) Classify the given plants into herbs, shrubs and trees

(2) Explore factors which affect the rate of germination in gram seeds

(3) List five uses of coconut tree

(4) Observe the types of venation in various leaves

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê “¡Ê°ø-¬«∏ÃÊ‹ ∑§Ë Ã⁄U„ ÁflôÊÊŸ” ∑§Ê ÁøÁòÊà ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò?
(1) ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ¬ÊŒ¬Ê¥ (¬ÊÒœÊ¥) ∑§Ê ‡ÊÊ∑§Ê¥, ¤ÊÊÁ«∏ÿÊ¥ ∞fl¥ flΡÊÊ¥ ◊¥ flªË¸∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(2) øŸ ∑§ ’Ë¡Ê¥ ◊¥ •¥∑ȧ⁄UáÊ ∑§Ë Œ⁄U ∑§Ê ¬˝÷ÊÁflà ∑§⁄UŸ flÊ‹ ∑§Ê⁄U∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê •ãfl·áÊ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(3) ŸÊÁ⁄Uÿ‹ ∑§ ¬«∏ (flΡÊ) ∑§ ¬Ê°ø ©¬ÿÊª ‚ÍÁø’h ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(4) ÁflÁ÷㟠¬áÊÊZ ◊¥ Á‡Ê⁄UÊÁ’ãÿÊ‚ ∑§ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê •fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ ∑§⁄UŸÊ

80. A gender responsive pedagogy in science entails.

(a) Use of gender sensitive language

(b) Engaging students in examining stereotypes

(c) Making gender based groups

(d) Using differentiated instruction and assessment

(1) (a), (b) and (c) (2) (a), (c) and (d)

(3) (a) and (b) (4) (c) and (d)

ÁflôÊÊŸ ◊¥ Á‹¥ª (¡¥«U⁄U) ¬˝ÁÂ¥flŒË Á‡ÊˇÊʇÊÊSòÊ •¬Á⁄U„Êÿ¸ ’ŸÊÃÊ „Ò —
(a) Á‹¥ª ‚¥’¥ÁœÃ (¡¥«U⁄U) ‚¥flŒŸ‡ÊË‹ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ ©¬ÿÊª ∑§Ê
(b) M§Á…∏’h œÊ⁄UáÊÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ë ¡Ê°ø ¬⁄Uπ ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚¥Á‹åà ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê
/

(c) Á‹¥ª (¡¥«U⁄U) •ÊœÊÁ⁄Uà ‚◊Í„ ’ŸÊŸ ∑§Ê
(d) Áfl÷ŒË∑Χà ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê ∞fl¥ •Ê∑§‹Ÿ ∑§ ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§Ê
(1) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (2) (a), (c)•ÊÒ⁄U (d)

(3) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (4) •ÊÒ⁄U
(c) (d)

81. Read the following statements and choose the correct option :

S1 - Photosynthesis is endothermic reaction.

S2 - Respiration is exothermic reaction.

(1) Both S1 and S2 are true. (2) Both S1 and S2 are false.

(3) S1 is true and S2 is false. (4) S1 is false and S2 is true.

ŸËø ÁŒ∞ ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬Á…∏∞ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§Ê øÈŸÊfl ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
S1 - ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê ‚¥‡‹·áÊ ™§c◊ʇÊÊ·Ë •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ „Ò–
S2 - ‡fl‚Ÿ ™§c◊ÊˇÊ¬Ë •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ „Ò–
(1) S1 •ÊÒ⁄U ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥–
S2 (2) •ÊÒ⁄U ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–
S1 S2

(3) S1 ‚„Ë „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ª‹Ã „Ò–
S2 (4) ª‹Ã „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ‚„Ë „Ò–
S1 S2

P-II !JSS-24-II! 30 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 30 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
82. Following table depicts colour changes in acids and bases when various indicators are added :

Indicator Colour change in acids Colour change in bases

Turmeric No change A

China rose Dark Pink B

Phenolphthalein C Pink

m
.co
Methyl orange D Pink

m
.co
A, B, C, D respectively are :

m s e m
(1)

e
reddish brown, green, colourless, orange

s l a
(2)

l a
yellow, green, orange, colourless

g ag
(3)

(4)
a
reddish brown, pink, orange, colourless

yellow, orange, pink, colourless

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ‚Ê⁄UáÊË ÁflÁ÷㟠‚Íø∑§Ê¥ ∑§ «UÊ‹ ¡ÊŸ ¬⁄U •ê‹ •ÊÒ⁄U ˇÊÊ⁄U ◊¥ „ÊŸ flÊ‹ ⁄¥Uª ¬Á⁄UfløŸ ∑§Ê ÁøÁòÊà ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò —
Aåb _| hmoZo dmbm jmaH$ _| hmoZo dmbm a§J
gyM H$
a§J n[adV©Z n{adV©Z
hëXr H$moB© n[adV©Z Zht A

MmBZm amoµO Jham Jwbm~r
om
B

. c
µ\$sZm°bâWo{bZ
m Jwbm~r
C

s e
la
_o{Wb-Am°aoÝO D Jwbm~r
A, B, C, D ∑˝§◊‡Ê— „Ò¥ — ag
(1) ⁄UÄÃÊ÷ ÷Í⁄UÊ, „⁄UÊ, ⁄¥Uª„ËŸ, •ÊÚ⁄Uã¡ (ŸÊ⁄¥UªË)
(2) ¬Ë‹Ê, „⁄UÊ, •ÊÚ⁄Uã¡ (ŸÊ⁄¥UªË), ⁄¥Uª„ËŸ
(3) ⁄UÄÃÊ÷ ÷Í⁄UÊ, ªÈ‹Ê’Ë, •ÊÚ⁄Uã¡ (ŸÊ⁄¥UªË), ⁄¥Uª„ËŸ
(4) ¬Ë‹Ê, •ÊÚ⁄Uã¡, ªÈ‹Ê’Ë, ⁄¥Uª„ËŸ

83. The colour of flame depends on :
m
m
(a) Nature of combustible substance
.co
m .co(b) Oxygen supply

s e m
s e (c) Temperature of the surroundings

g l a
la a
(1) (a) only (2) (b) only (3) (a) and (b) (4) (a) and (c)

ag íflÊ‹Ê ∑§Ê ⁄¥Uª ÁŸ÷¸⁄U ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò —
(a) ŒÊs ¬ŒÊÕ¸ ∑§Ë ¬˝∑ΧÁà ¬⁄U
(b) •ÊÚÄ‚Ë¡Ÿ •Ê¬ÍÁø ¬⁄U
(c) •Ê‚-¬Ê‚ ∑§ Ãʬ◊ÊŸ ¬⁄U
(1) ∑§fl‹ (a) (2)∑§fl‹ (b) (3) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (4) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (c)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 31 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 31 of 80

84. Which of the following factors are responsible for generation and flow of winds on the earth ?

(a) Uneven heating of the earth

(b) Uneven heating of the oceans

(c) Distance between earth and sun

(d) Gravitational force on the earth

(1) only (a) (2) (a) and (c) (3) (a) and (b) (4) (a) and (d)

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚ ∑§Ê⁄U∑§ ¬ÎâflË ¬⁄U ¬flŸÊ¥ ∑§ ¡ŸŸ ∞fl¥ ’„Êfl ∑§ Á‹∞ ©ûÊ⁄UŒÊÿË „Ò¥?
(a) ¬ÎâflË ∑§Ê •ÁŸÿÁ◊à (¬Á⁄UfløŸËÿ) ÃʬŸ
(b) ◊„ʂʪ⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê •ÁŸÿÁ◊à (¬Á⁄UfløŸËÿ) ÃʬŸ
(c) ¬ÎâflË •ÊÒ⁄U ‚Íÿ¸ ∑§ ’Ëø ∑§Ë ŒÍ⁄UË
(d) ¬ÎâflË ¬⁄U ªÈL§àflÊ∑§·¸áÊ ’‹
(1) ∑§fl‹ (a) (2) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (3) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (4) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)

85. The atomic number of A is 13 and the atomic number of B is 17. The chemical formula of the

compound formed from A and B could be :

(1) A B (2) AB (3) AB (4) AB
3 3 2

A ∑§Ê ¬⁄U◊ÊáÊÈ-∑˝§◊Ê¥∑§ 13 „Ò ÃÕÊ ∑§Ê ¬⁄U◊ÊáÊÈ-∑˝§◊Ê¥∑§
B 17 „Ò– A •ÊÒ⁄U ‚ ÁŸÁ◊¸Ã ÿÊÒÁª∑§ ∑§Ê ⁄U‚ÊÿÁŸ∑§ ‚ÍòÊ „Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò —
B

(1) A B (2) AB (3) AB (4) AB
3 3 2

86. Which of the following statement is not true regarding conduction of heat ?

(1) Conduction is faster in solids than liquids.

(2) Two objects should be in contact with each other for heat flow.

(3) Conduction does not take place in gases.

(4) All materials do not allow heat to flow through them in same way.

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ Ãʬ ∑§ øÊ‹Ÿ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ‚„Ë Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) Œ˝flÊ¥ ∑§Ë ÃÈ‹ŸÊ ◊¥ ∆UÊ‚ flSÃÈ•Ê¥ ◊¥ øÊ‹Ÿ ÃËfl˝ „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(2) ™§c◊Ê ∑§ ¬˝flÊ„ ∑§ Á‹∞ ŒÊ flSÃÈ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ∞∑§-ŒÍ‚⁄U ∑§ ‚¥¬∑¸§ ◊¥ „ÊŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
(3) ªÒ‚Ê¥ ◊¥ øÊ‹Ÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(4) ‚÷Ë ¬ŒÊÕ¸ (‚Ê◊Áª˝ÿÊ°) ™§c◊Ê ∑§Ê Sflÿ¥ ‚ ‚◊ÊŸ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ‚ ¬˝flÊÁ„à „ÊŸ ∑§Ë •ŸÈ◊Áà Ÿ„Ë¥ ŒÃ ŒÃË „Ò¥– /

P-II !JSS-24-II! 32 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 32 of 80

1 3
87. An object floats with th part of its volume outside the liquid when put in liquid A and th part
4 4

of its volume outside the liquid when put in liquid B. Which of the following statements is true ?

(1) Density of liquid A is greater than density of liquid B.

(2) Both liquids have same density.

(3) Density of liquid B is greater than density of liquid A.

(4) The densities of liquid cannot be compared on the basis of above information.

1
∞∑§ flSÃÈ ∑§Ê ¡’ Œ˝fl A ◊¥ «UÊ‹Ê ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò Ã’ fl„ Œ˝fl ∑§ ’Ê„⁄U •¬Ÿ •Êÿß ∑§ 4
(∞∑§ øÊÒÕÊ߸) ÷ʪ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ÃÒ⁄UÃË „Ò ÃÕÊ
3
¡’ Œ˝fl B ◊¥ «UÊ‹Ê ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò Ã’ fl„ Œ˝fl ∑§ ’Ê„⁄U •¬Ÿ •Êÿß ∑§ 4
(ÃËŸ øÊÒÕÊ߸) ÷ʪ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ÃÒ⁄UÃË „Ò– ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥
‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë „Ò?
(1) Œ˝fl A ∑§Ê ÉÊŸàfl, Œ˝fl B ∑§ ÉÊŸàfl ‚ •Áœ∑§ „Ò–
(2) ŒÊŸÊ¥ Œ˝flÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊ÊŸ ÉÊŸàfl „Ò–
(3) Œ˝fl B ∑§Ê ÉÊŸàfl, Œ˝fl A ∑§ ÉÊŸàfl ‚ •Áœ∑§ „Ò–
(4) ©¬⁄UÊÄà ‚ÍøŸÊ ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U ¬⁄U Œ˝flÊ¥ ∑§ ÉÊŸàflÊ¥ ∑§Ë ÃÈ‹ŸÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§Ë ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃË „Ò–

88. Sunita drops a piece of potassium metal in a beaker of cold water and notes down the observations.

Which of the following observation is not correct ?

(1) Potassium reacts violently with water.

(2) It is endothermic reaction.

(3) Hydrogen gas is evolved.

(4) Pop sound is heard.

‚ÈŸËÃÊ ‡ÊËá‹ ∑§ ’Ë∑§⁄U ◊¥ ¬Ê≈ÒUÁ‡Êÿ◊ œÊÃÈ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ ≈ÈU∑§«∏Ê «UÊ‹ ŒÃË „Ò ÃÕÊ •fl‹Ê∑§ŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê Á‹πÃË „Ò–
ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê •fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ ‚„Ë Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) ¬Ê≈ÒUÁ‡Êÿ◊ ¡‹ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ¬˝ø¥«U M§¬ ‚ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(2) ÿ„ ™§c◊ʇÊÊ·Ë •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ „Ò–
(3) „Êß«˛UÊ¡Ÿ ªÒ‚ Áfl∑§Á‚à „ÊÃË „Ò–
(4) »§≈U äflÁŸ ‚ÈŸÊ߸ ŒÃË „Ò–

P-II !JSS-24-II! 33 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 33 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
89. The purpose of divergent questions in science classroom can be :

(a) to promote critical thinking

(b) to discern between students

(c) to develop communication

(d) to identify gifted students

(e) to identify alternate conceptions

(f) to appreciate subjectivity in science

m
(1) (a), (b), (d) and (e) (2) (a), (b), (c) and (f)

.co
(3) (a), (c), (e) and (f) (4) (b), (d), (e) and (f)

m
.co
ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ •¬‚Ê⁄UË ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ©g‡ÿ „Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò —
e m
(a)

e m
•Ê‹ÊøŸÊà◊∑§ (ÁflfløŸÊà◊∑§) Áø¥ÃŸ ∑§Ê ¬˝Êà‚ÊÁ„à (’…∏ÊflÊ ŒŸÊ) ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê
l as
(b)

l as
ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ëø ÷Œ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê
ag
(c)

(d) ag
‚¥øÊ⁄UáÊ (‚ê¬˝·áÊ) Áfl∑§Á‚à ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê
¬˝ÁÃ÷ʇÊÊ‹Ë ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ¬„øÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê
(e) flÒ∑§ÁÀ¬∑§ •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ë ¬„øÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê
(f) ÁflôÊÊŸ ◊¥ √ÿÁÄÃÁŸc∆UÃÊ ∑§Ê SflË∑§Ê⁄UŸ ∑§Ê
(1) (a), (b), (d) •ÊÒ⁄U (e) (2) •ÊÒ⁄U
(a), (b), (c) (f)

(3) (a), (c), (e) •ÊÒ⁄U (f) (4) •ÊÒ⁄U
(b), (d), (e) (f)

90. Identify the mirrors on the basis of information given in the following table :

m
.co
Mirror Nature of image Size of image

A virtual and erect

e m
same as object

B real and inverted
las
same as object

C real and inverted ag enlarged

D virtual and erect diminished

(1) A - Plane, B - Convex, C - Concave, D - Convex

(2) A - Convex, B - Concave, C - Convex, D - Concave

(3) A - Plane mirror, B - Concave, C - Concave, D - Convex

(4) A - Concave, B - Plane, C - Convex, D - Concave

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ‚Ê⁄UáÊË ◊¥ ŒË ªß¸ ‚ÍøŸÊ ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U ¬⁄U Œ¬¸áÊÊ¥ ∑§Ë ¬„øÊŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
m
.co
Xn©U à{V{~å~ H$s àH¥$ {V à{V{~å~ H$m AmH$ma
m
m .co A Am^mgr Am¡a D$Üd©erfu dñVw Ho$ g_mZwê$n
s e m
s e B dmñV{dH$ Am¡a à{Vbmo{_V dñVw Ho$ g_mZwê$n
g l a
g la C dmñV{dH$ Am¡a à{Vbmo{_V {dd{Õ©V a
a D Am^mgr Am¡a D$Üd©erfu AmH$ma _| N>moQ>r
(1) A - ‚◊Ë, •fl◊Èπ,
B - •flË,
C - •fl◊Èπ
D -

(2) A - •fl◊Èπ, •flË,
B - •fl◊Èπ,
C - •flË
D -

(3) A - ‚◊Ë, •flË,
B - •flË,
C - •fl◊Èπ
D -

(4) A - •flË, ‚◊Ë,
B - •fl◊Èπ,
C - •flË
D -

P-II !JSS-24-II! 34 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 34 of 80

IMPORTANT / ◊„ûfl¬Íáʸ —
Candidates have to do questions 31 to 90 EITHER from Part - II (Mathematics and Science) OR from

Part - III (Social Studies / Social Science).

¬⁄UˡÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝‡Ÿ 31 ‚ 90 ÿÊ ÃÊ ÷ʪ - II (ªÁáÊà fl ÁflôÊÊŸ) ÿÊ ÷ʪ - III (‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ •äÿÿŸ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ /

ÁflôÊÊŸ) ‚ ∑§⁄UŸ „Ò¥–
PART - III / ÷ʪ - III

SOCIAL STUDIES / SOCIAL SCIENCE - ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ •äÿÿŸ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ /

Direction : Answer the following questions by selecting the correct/most appropriate options.

ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê — ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ ©ûÊ⁄U ŒŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚„Ë/‚’‚ ©¬ÿÈÄà Áfl∑§À¬ øÈÁŸ∞ —
31. In a physical map of India if you have to locate the Deccan Plateau, it will be represented by the

colour :

(1) orange (2) brown (3) green (4) yellow

÷Ê⁄Uà ∑§ ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ◊ÊŸÁøòÊ ◊¥ ÿÁŒ •Ê¬∑§Ê ŒÄ∑§Ÿ ∑§ ¬∆UÊ⁄U ∑§Ê ¬„øÊŸŸÊ „Ò ÃÊ, ÿ„ Á∑§‚ ⁄U¥ª ‚ Œ‡ÊʸÿÊ ªÿÊ „ÊªÊ?

(1) ŸÊ⁄¥UªË (2) ÷Í⁄UÊ (3) „⁄UÊ (4) ¬Ë‹Ê

32. Choose the measures to control soil erosion and depletion from the following.

(a) Mulching (b) Over grazing

(c) Terrace farming (d) Inter cropping

Choose the correct option :

(1) (a), (b), (c) only (2) (a), (c), (d) only

(3) (a), (b), (d) only (4) (b), (c), (d) only

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ◊ÎŒÊ •¬⁄UŒŸ •ÊÒ⁄U ˇÊËáÊÃÊ ∑§Ê ÁŸÿ¥ÁòÊà ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ ©¬ÊÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–

(a) ◊Àø ’ŸÊŸÊ (b) •Áà ø⁄UÊ߸

(c) flÁŒ∑§Ê »§Ê◊¸ (d) ’Ëø ∑§Ë »§‚‹ ©ªÊŸÊ

‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–

(1) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b), (c) (2) ∑§fl‹ (a), (c), (d)

(3) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b), (d) (4) ∑§fl‹ (b), (c), (d)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 35 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 35 of 80

33. Consider the following sentences (A) and (B) about motions of the Earth and choose the correct

option :

(A) Rotation is the movement of the earth on its axis.

1 ᑻ
(B) The axis of the Earth which is an imaginary line, makes an angle of 33 with its orbital
2

plane.

Choose the correct option :

(1) Only (A) is correct (2) Only (B) is correct

(3) Both (A) and (B) are correct (4) Both (A) and (B) are incorrect

¬ÎâflË ∑§Ë ªÁÃÿÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ (A) ÃÕÊ (B) ¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§⁄¥U ÃÕÊ ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÈŸÊfl ∑§⁄¥U–
(A) ¬ÎâflË ∑§Ê •¬Ÿ •ˇÊ ¬⁄U ÉÊÍ◊ŸÊ ÉÊÍáʸŸ ∑§„‹ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(B) ¬ÎâflË ∑§Ê •ˇÊ ∞∑§ ∑§ÊÀ¬ÁŸ∑§ ⁄UπÊ „Ò, ¡Ê •¬ŸË ∑§ˇÊËÿ ‚Ä ‚ 33
1 ᑻ
2
, ∑§Ê ∑§ÊáÊ ’ŸÊÃË „Ò–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) ∑§fl‹ (A) ‚„Ë „Ò (2) ∑§fl‹ (B) ‚„Ë „Ò
(3) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) ÃÕÊ (B) ‚„Ë „Ò¥ (4) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) ÃÕÊ (B) ª‹Ã „Ò¥

34. Watan Jagirs were given by Akbar to which of the following chiefs ?

(1) Sikhs (2) Marathas

(3) Sisodiya Rajputs (4) Indian Muslims

•∑§’⁄U Ÿ ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§Ÿ ‚⁄UŒÊ⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê flß ¡ÊªË⁄U ÁŒÿÊ ÕÊ?
(1) Á‚ÄπÊ¥ (2) ◊⁄UÊ∆UÊ¥
(3) Á‚‚ÊÁŒÿÊ ⁄UÊ¡¬ÍÃÊ¥ (4) ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ◊È‚‹◊ÊŸÊ¥

35. Consider the statements (A) and (B) about Paramountcy and choose the correct answer :

(A) The Company claimed that its authority was not supreme.

(B) In order to protect Company interests it was justified in annexing or threatening to annexe

any Indian Kingdom.

(1) Both (A) and (B) are true (2) Both (A) and (B) are false

(3) (A) is true but (B) is false (4) (A) is false but (B) is true

(A) •ÊÒ⁄U (B) ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ¬⁄U ‚flÊ¸ëøÃÊ ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ◊¥ ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§ËÁ¡∞ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(A) ∑¥§¬ŸË Ÿ ŒÊflÊ Á∑§ÿÊ Á∑§ ©‚∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U ‚flÊ¸ëø Ÿ„Ë¥ ÕÊ–
(B) •¬Ÿ Á„ÃÊ¥ ∑§Ë ⁄UˇÊÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ fl„ ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ Á⁄UÿÊ‚ÃÊ¥ ∑§Ê •Áœª˝„áÊ ∑§⁄UŸ ÿÊ ©Ÿ∑§Ê •Áœª˝„áÊ ∑§Ë œ◊∑§Ë ŒŸ ∑§Ê
•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U ∑¥§¬ŸË •¬Ÿ ¬Ê‚ ◊ÊŸÃË ÕË–
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (B) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥– (2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (B) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (B) ª‹Ã „Ò– (4) (A) ª‹Ã „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (B) ‚„Ë „Ò–

P-II !JSS-24-II! 36 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 36 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
36. Match the following concepts in Column - I with their examples in Column - II and choose the

appropriate option :

Column - I Column - II

Concepts Examples

(a) Discrimination (i) Differential pay for same work

(b) Inequality (ii) Villagers are superstitious

(c) Stereotype (iii) Woman not allowed to be hired since she is starting a family

m
.co
(d) Prejudice (iv) Girls are good at cooking

m
.co
(1) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iv)

e m
s
(2) (a)-(iv), (b)-(ii), (c)-(i), (d)-(iii)

(3)

s em
(a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)

g l a
(4)
l a
(a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iv), (d)-(ii)
a
SÃ¥÷ - a∑§ËgÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ‚¥∑§À¬ŸÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê SÃ¥÷ - ◊¥ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ©Ÿ∑§ ©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊÊ¥ ‚ ‚È◊Á‹Ã ∑§ËÁ¡∞ •ÊÒ⁄U ©¬ÿÈÄà Áfl∑§À¬
I II

øÈÁŸÿ —
SÃ¥÷ - I SÃ¥÷ - II

‚¥∑§À¬ŸÊ∞° ©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊ
(a) ÷Œ÷Êfl (i) ‚◊ÊŸ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ •‹ª flß
(b) •‚◊ÊŸÃÊ (ii) ª˝Ê◊flÊ‚Ë •¥œÁfl‡flÊ‚Ë „Ò¥
M§Á…∏flÊÁŒÃÊ ◊Á„‹Ê ∑§Ê ⁄UÊ¡ªÊ⁄U ∑§Ë •ŸÈ◊Áà Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò ÄÿÊ¥Á∑§ fl„ ¬Á⁄UflÊ⁄U ‡ÊÈM§ ∑§⁄U ⁄U„Ë „Ò fl„
om
(c) (iii) /

ª÷¸flÃË „Ò
. c
(d) ¬Ífl¸œÊ⁄UáÊÊ (iv)
e m
‹«∏Á∑§ÿÊ° πÊŸÊ ’ŸÊŸ ÷Ê¡Ÿ ¬∑§ÊŸ ◊¥ •ë¿UË „Ò¥
/

(1) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iv)

las
(2)

(3)
(a)-(iv), (b)-(ii), (c)-(i), (d)-(iii)

(a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)
ag
(4) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iv), (d)-(ii)

37. Consider the two given statements (A) and (R) and choose the appropriate option :

(A) : Those places West of Greenwich will be behind of Greenwich time.

(R) : The Earth rotates from east to west and sun rises early in eastern side.

(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A)

m
.co
(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A)

m
(3) (A) is true and (R) is false

m .co(4) Both (A) and (R) are false

s e m
s e ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ (A) ÃÕÊ (R)¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§ËÁ¡∞ ÃÕÊ ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÈŸÊfl ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
g l a
g la (A) : ¡Ê SÕÊŸ ª˝ËÁŸø ∑§ ¬Á‡ø◊ ◊¥ „Ò¥, ©Ÿ∑§Ê ‚◊ÿ ª˝ËÁŸø ‚ ¬Ë¿U ⁄U„ªÊ– a
a (R) : ¬ÎâflË ¬Ífl¸ ‚ ¬Á‡ø◊ ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U øÄ∑§⁄U ‹ªÊÃË „Ò ÃÕÊ ‚Íÿ¸ ¬Ífl¸ ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ ¡ÀŒË ©ªÃÊ „Ò–
(1) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) ÃÕÊ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ
(R) ∑§Ê ‚„Ë S¬c≈UË∑§⁄UáÊ „Ò–
(R), (A)

(2) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) ÃÕÊ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ Á∑§ãÃÈ
(R) ∑§Ê ‚„Ë S¬c≈UË∑§⁄UáÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(R), (A)

(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ÃÕÊ ª‹Ã „Ò–
(R)

(4) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) ÃÕÊ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–
(R)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 37 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 37 of 80

38. A population pyramid with big base and skinny top shows :

(a) High birth rates

(b) High death rates in higher age group

(c) Relatively large number of young population

(d) Large number of deaths of infants

Choose the correct option :

(1) Only (a) and (b) (2) Only (a), (b) and (c)

(3) Only (b), (c) and (d) (4) Only (a), (c) and (d)

∞∑§ ’«∏ •ÊœÊ⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U ¬Ã‹Ë øÊ≈UË flÊ‹Ê ¡Ÿ‚¥ÅÿÊ Á¬⁄UÊÁ◊«U Œ‡ÊʸÃÊ „Ò —
(a) ©ëø ¡ã◊U Œ⁄U
(b) flÎh •ÊÿÈ flª¸ ◊¥ ©ëø ◊ÎàÿÈ Œ⁄U
(c) ÃÈ‹ŸÊà◊∑§ M§¬ ‚ •Áœ∑§ ÿÈflÊ ¡Ÿ‚¥ÅÿÊ
(d) Á‡Ê‡ÊÈ•Ê¥ ◊¥ ◊ÎàÿÈ ∑§Ë •Áœ∑§ Œ⁄U ‚¥ÅÿÊ
/

‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) ∑§fl‹ ÃÕÊ
(a) (b) ∑§fl‹
(2) ÃÕÊ
(a), (b) (c)

(3) ∑§fl‹ (b), (c) ÃÕÊ (d) ∑§fl‹
(4) ÃÕÊ
(a), (c) (d)

39. Match the following pairs and choose the appropriate option :

Rocks Origin/formation

(a) Igneous Rocks (i) Change under great heat and pressure

(b) Sedimentary Rocks (ii) Molten Magma

(c) Metamorphic Rocks (iii) Deposition by wind and water

Choose the correct option :

(1) (a)-(i), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii)

(2) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i)

(3) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii)

(4) (a)-(i), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii)

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ÿȪ‹Ê¥ ∑§Ê Á◊‹ÊŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ •ÊÒ⁄U ©¬ÿÈÄà Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÈŸÊfl ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
‡ÊÒ‹ ©à¬ÁûÊ ÁŸ◊ʸáÊ
/

(a) •ÊÇŸÿ ‡ÊÒ‹ ©ëø Ãʬ ∞fl¥ ŒÊ’ ∑§ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ¬Á⁄UflÁøà „Ê ¡ÊÃ „Ò¥
(i)

(b) •fl‚ÊŒË ‡ÊÒ‹ Œ˝Áflà ◊ÒÇ◊Ê
(ii)

(c) ∑§ÊÿÊ¥ÃÁ⁄Uà ‡ÊÒ‹ „flÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ¡‹ •ÊÁŒ ∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ ∞∑§ SÕÊŸ ‚ ŒÍ‚⁄U SÕÊŸ ¬⁄U ¬„È°øÊ∑§⁄U, ¡◊Ê ∑§⁄U ÁŒ∞
(iii)

¡ÊÃ „Ò¥
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) (a)-(i), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii)

(2) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i)

(3) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii)

(4) (a)-(i), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 38 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 38 of 80

40. Which of the following statements are correct about Amazon basin ?

(a) This region is characterized by hot and wet climate throughout the year.

(b) People practice ‘slash and burn’ agriculture.

(c) People mainly grow paddy.

(d) Aircrafts and helicopters are also used for reaching various places in the basin.

Choose the correct option :

(1) Only (a), (b) and (c) (2) Only (b), (c) and (d)

(3) Only (a), (c) and (d) (4) Only (a), (b) and (d)

•◊¡Ÿ ’Á‚Ÿ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚ ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë „Ò¥?
(a) ¬Í⁄U fl·¸ ÿ„Ê° ª◊¸ •ÊÒ⁄U Ÿ◊ ¡‹flÊÿÈ ⁄U„ÃË „Ò–
(b) ÿ„Ê° ‹Êª “∑§Ã¸Ÿ fl Œ„Ÿ” ∑ΧÁ· ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
(c) ‹Êª ◊ÈÅÿ× œÊŸ ©ªÊÃ „Ò¥–
(d) ’Á‚Ÿ ◊¥ ∑§ß¸ SÕÊŸÊ¥ Ã∑§ ¬„È°øŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ „flÊ߸¡„Ê¡Ê¥ ÃÕÊ „‹Ë∑§ÊÚå≈U⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÷Ë ¬˝ÿÊª Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b) ÃÕÊ (c) (2) ∑§fl‹ (b), (c) ÃÕÊ (d)

(3) ∑§fl‹ (a), (c) ÃÕÊ (d) (4) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b) ÃÕÊ (d)

41. Consider the following statements about Ladakh and choose the correct option.

(a) Several rivers flow through Ladakh.

(b) Due to high altitude, the climate is extremely cold.

(c) Despite being in the rain shadow of Himalayas, there is high rainfall.

(d) This area experiences freezing winds and burning hot sunlight.

(1) Only (a) and (b) are correct (2) Only (a), (b) and (c) are correct

(3) Only (b), (c) and (d) are correct (4) Only (a), (b) and (d) are correct

‹gÊπ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ÁŸêŸ ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§ËÁ¡∞ ÃÕÊ ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÈŸÊfl ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(a) ‹gÊπ ‚ „Ê∑§⁄U ’„Èà ‚Ë ŸÁŒÿÊ° ’„ÃË „Ò¥–
(b) •Áœ∑§ ™°§øÊ߸ „ÊŸ ∑§ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ÿ„Ê° ∑§Ë ¡‹flÊÿÈ •àÿÁœ∑§ ∆¥U«UË „Ò–
(c) Á„◊Ê‹ÿ ∑§ flÎÁc≈U ¿UÊÿÊ ˇÊòÊ ◊¥ „ÊŸ ∑§ ’Êfl¡ÍŒ ÿ„Ê° ©ëø fl·Ê¸ ¬Ê߸ ¡ÊÃË „Ò–
(d) ÿ„ ˇÊòÊ ’»§Ë¸‹Ë „flÊ•Ê¥ ∞fl¥ Ã¡ ¡‹ÊŸ flÊ‹ Ãʬ ∑§Ê •ŸÈ÷fl ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(1) ∑§fl‹ (a) ÃÕÊ (b) ‚„Ë „Ò¥– (2) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b) ÃÕÊ (c) ‚„Ë „Ò¥–
(3) ∑§fl‹ (b), (c) ÃÕÊ (d) ‚„Ë „Ò¥– (4) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b) ÃÕÊ (d) ‚„Ë „Ò¥–

P-II !JSS-24-II! 39 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 39 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
42. The Indian National Congress in the early years raised a number of economic issues against the

British. Choose the correct option.

(i) The Congress declared that the British rule had led to poverty and famines.

(ii) It demanded reduction of revenue and cut in military expenditure.

(iii) Congress demanded more funds for irrigation.

(iv) It raised the voice against entertainment tax.

m
m .co
(1) Only (i) and (ii) are correct (2) Only (ii) and (iii) are correct

(3)

.co
Only (i), (ii) and (iii) are correct

•Ê⁄¥UÁ÷∑§ fl·ÊZ ◊¥ ÷Ê⁄UeÃm
(4) Only (ii), (iii) and (iv) are correct

s¥U– e m
s l a
Ëÿ ⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ∑§Ê¥ª˝‚ Ÿ •¥ª˝¡Ê¥ ∑§ Áπ‹Ê»§ ’„Èà ‚Ê⁄U •ÊÁÕ¸∑§ ◊Èg ©∆UÊ∞– ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§Ê øÈŸÊfl ∑§⁄
g
a
∑§Ê¥ª˝‚ l∑§Ê a
ag◊Ê°ª ∑§Ë, Á∑§ ‹ªÊŸ ∑§◊ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Êÿ ÃÕÊ »§ÊÒ¡Ë πøÊZ ◊¥ ∑§≈UÊÒÃË ∑§Ë ¡Êÿ–
(i) ∑§„ŸÊ ÕÊ Á∑§ ÷Ê⁄Uà ◊¥ Á’˝Á≈U‡Ê ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ ∑§ fl¡„ ‚ „Ë ª⁄UË’Ë •ÊÒ⁄U •∑§Ê‹ ¬«∏ ⁄U„ „Ò¥–
(ii) ß‚Ÿ
(iii) ß‚Ÿ Á‚¥øÊ߸ ∑§ Á‹∞ •Áœ∑§ •ŸÈŒÊŸ ∑§Ë ◊Ê°ª ∑§Ë–
(iv) ß‚Ÿ ◊ŸÊ⁄¥U¡Ÿ ∑§⁄U ∑§ Áπ‹Ê»§ •ÊflÊ$¡ ©∆UÊÿË–
(1) ∑§fl‹ (i) ∞fl¥ (ii) ‚„Ë „Ò¥– (2) ∑§fl‹ (ii) ∞fl¥ (iii) ‚„Ë „Ò¥–
(3) ∑§fl‹ (i), (ii) ∞fl¥ (iii) ‚„Ë „Ò¥– (4) ∑§fl‹ (ii), (iii) ∞fl¥ (iv) ‚„Ë „Ò¥–
m
43. Which of the following is true about Ashoka’s dhamma ?
m .co
s e
la
(a) It did not involve worship of a god.

(b) It did not involve performance of a sacrifice.
ag
(c) The ideas of dhamma were inspired by the teachings of Buddha.

(d) Ashoka appointed Buddhist monks to teach people about dhamma.

Choose the correct option :

(1) All (a), (b), (c) and (d) (2) Only (a) and (b)

(3) Only (b) and (c) (4) Only (a), (b) and (c)

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ •‡ÊÊ∑§ ∑§ œê◊ ∑§ Áfl·ÿ ◊¥ ‚„Ë „Ò?
m
m .co
.co
ß‚◊¥ Á∑§‚Ë ŒflÃÊ ∑§Ë ¬Í¡Ê ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ÕË–
m
(a)

m s e
s e
(b) ß‚◊¥ Á∑§‚Ë ’‹Ë ∑§◊¸∑§Ê¥«U ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ÕË–
g l a
g la (c) œê◊ ∑§ ÁfløÊ⁄U ’Èh ∑§ ©¬Œ‡ÊÊ¥ ‚ ¬˝Á⁄Uà Õ–
a
a (d) ‹ÊªÊ¥ ∑§Ê œê◊ ∑§Ë Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ŒŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ •‡ÊÊ∑§ Ÿ ’ÊÒh Á÷ˇÊÈ•Ê¥ ∑§Ë ÁŸÿÈÁÄà ∑§Ë–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) (a), (b), (c) ÃÕÊ (d) ‚÷Ë (2) ∑§fl‹ (a) ÃÕÊ (b)

(3) ∑§fl‹ (b) ÃÕÊ (c) (4) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b) ÃÕÊ (c)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 40 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 40 of 80

44. Below are two statements (A) and (B) in the context of Shri Narayan Guru.

(A) He advocated equality of all within a single sect or caste.

(B) He inspired all of them to have faith in all gurus.

Choose the correct option :

(1) Both (A) and (B) are true (2) Both (A) and (B) are false

(3) (A) is true but (B) is false (4) (A) is false but (B) is true

ŸËø ŒÊ ∑§ÕŸ (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (B) üÊË ŸÊ⁄UÊÿáÊ ªÈL§ ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ◊¥ „Ò¥–
(A) ©Ÿ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ‚Ê⁄UË ◊ÊŸflÃÊ ∑§Ë ∞∑§ „Ë ¡ÊÁà „Ò–
(B) ©ã„Ê¥Ÿ ‚÷Ë ∑§Ê ‚÷Ë ªÈL§•Ê¥ ◊¥ Áfl‡flÊ‚ ⁄UπŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬˝Á⁄Uà Á∑§ÿÊ–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (B) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ (2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (B) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (B) ª‹Ã „Ò (4) (A) ª‹Ã „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (B) ‚„Ë „Ò

45. Match the following in the context of people and objects in ancient times and choose the appropriate

option.

A B

(a) Barygaza (i) Stamped red-glazed pottery

(b) Shrenis (ii) Bharuch

(c) Arretine ware (iii) Independent farmers

(d) Grihapatis (iv) Associations of crafts persons and merchants

(1) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(i), (d)-(iii)

(2) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(iii), (d)-(i)

(3) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)

(4) (a)-(i), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(iii)

•ÃËà ◊¥ √ÿÁÄÃÿÊ¥ fl flSÃÈ•Ê¥ ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ◊¥ ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ∑§Ê Á◊‹ÊŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ •ÊÒ⁄U ©¬ÿÈÄà Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÈŸÊfl ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
A B

(a) ’Á⁄UªÊ$¡Ê (i) ◊È„⁄U ‹ª ‹Ê‹-ø◊∑§ŒÊ⁄U ’øŸ
(b) üÊáÊË (ii) ÷M§ø
(c) ∞⁄U≈UÊߟ ¬ÊòÊ (iii) SflÃ¥òÊ ∑Χ·∑§
(d) ªÎ„¬Áà (iv) Á‡ÊÀ¬∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ÃÕÊ √ÿʬÊÁ⁄UÿÊ¥ ∑§ ‚¥ÉÊ
(1) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(i), (d)-(iii)

(2) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(iii), (d)-(i)

(3) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)

(4) (a)-(i), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(iii)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 41 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 41 of 80

46. Which layer of the atmosphere has very thin layer of air ?

(1) Thermosphere (2) Exosphere (3) Stratosphere (4) Mesosphere

flÊÿÈ◊¥«U‹ ∑§Ë Á∑§‚ ¬⁄Uà ◊¥ flÊÿÈ ∑§Ë ’„Èà ¬Ã‹Ë ¬⁄Uà „ÊÃË „Ò?

(1) ’Ês flÊÿÈ◊¥«U‹ (2) ’Á„◊Z«U‹ (3) ‚◊Ãʬ ◊¥«U‹ (4) ◊äÿ◊¥«U‹

47. Who coined the phrase, ‘Unity in Diversity’ ?

(1) Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru (2) Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi

(3) Subhash Chandra Bose (4) Sardar Vallabh Bhai Patel

“ÁflÁflœÃÊ ◊¥ ∞∑§ÃÊ” ◊È„Êfl⁄UÊ Á∑§‚Ÿ ÁŒÿÊ?

(1) ¬¥Á«Uà ¡flÊ„⁄U‹Ê‹ Ÿ„M§ Ÿ (2) ◊Ê„ŸŒÊ‚ ∑§⁄U◊ø㌠ªÊ°œË Ÿ

(3) ‚È÷Ê· ø¥Œ˝ ’Ê‚ Ÿ (4) ‚⁄UŒÊ⁄U flÀ‹÷÷Ê߸ ¬≈U‹ Ÿ

48. Which of the following statements is/are true about technological development in temple

construction from the twelfth century ?

(a) The weight of the superstructure was carried by the shikhara.

(b) Sandstone mixed with stone chips was increasingly used in construction.

Choose the correct option :

(1) Only (a) is correct (2) Only (b) is correct

(3) Both (a) and (b) are correct (4) Both (a) and (b) are incorrect

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ’Ê⁄U„flË¥ ‚ŒË ∑§Ë ◊¥ÁŒ⁄U ÁŸ◊ʸáÊ ◊¥ ¬˝ÿÈÄà Á‡ÊÀ¬ ÁflôÊÊŸ Ã∑§ŸË∑§ ∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ‚„Ë
„Ò?

(a) •Áœ⁄UøŸÊ ∑§Ê ÷Ê⁄U Á‡Êπ⁄UÊ¥ ¬⁄U «UÊ‹ ÁŒÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ ÕÊ–

(b) ÁŸ◊ʸáÊ ◊¥ ’‹È•Ê-¬àÕ⁄U fl ¬àÕ⁄U ∑§ ¿UÊ≈U ≈ÈU∑§«∏Ê¥ ∑§ Á◊üÊáÊ ∑§Ê Ã¡Ë ‚ ¬˝ÿÊª „ÊŸ ‹ªÊ–

‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–

(1) ∑§fl‹ (a) ‚„Ë „Ò (2) ∑§fl‹ (b) ‚„Ë „Ò

(3) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ (4) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò¥

P-II !JSS-24-II! 42 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 42 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
49. Which one of the following is not correct for grama-bhojaka ?

(1) Usually, men from the same family held the position for generations.

(2) He had slaves and hired workers to cultivate the land.

(3) The king often used him to collect taxes from the village.

(4) He did not function as a Judge and policeman.

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ª˝Ê◊-÷Ê¡∑§ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚„Ë Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
m
.co
(1) •Ä‚⁄U ∞∑§ „Ë ¬Á⁄UflÊ⁄U ∑§ ‹Êª ß‚ ¬Œ ¬⁄U ∑§ß¸ ¬ËÁ…∏ÿÊ¥ Ã∑§ ’Ÿ ⁄U„Ã Õ–
m
.co m
ߟ∑§Ë ¡◊ËŸ ¬⁄U ߟ∑§ ŒÊ‚ •ÊÒ⁄U ◊¡ŒÍ⁄U ∑§Ê◊ ∑§⁄UÃ Õ–
e
(2)

(3)
e m
ªÊ°fl ∑§Ê ∑§⁄U fl‚Í‹Ÿ ∑§Ê ∑§Ê◊ ⁄UÊ¡Ê •Ä‚⁄U ßã„¥ „Ë ‚ÊÒ¥¬ ŒÃ Õ–
l as
(4)
l as
ÿ ãÿÊÿÊœË‡Ê •ÊÒ⁄U ¬ÈÁ‹‚ ∑§Ê ∑§Ê◊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃ Õ– ag
ag
50. Which of the following is/are correctly matched ?

Crop Required Climatic Condition

(a) Coffee - Cool and dry climate

(b) Tea - Warm climate and high rainfall

Choose the correct option :

(1) Only (a) (2) Only (b)

m
.co
(3) Both (a) and (b) (4) Neither (a) nor (b)

ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚ ÿÈÇ◊ ‚„Ë ‚È◊Á‹Ã „Ò „Ò¥?
m
/ /

»§‚‹ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ ¡‹flÊÿÁflÿ Œ‡ÊÊ s e
∑§ÊÚ»§Ë g
∆¥U«UË •ÊÒ⁄U ‡ÊÈc∑§ ¡‹flÊÿÈla
(a)

(b) øÊÿ
-

-
a
ª◊¸ ¡‹flÊÿÈ •ÊÒ⁄U ©ëø fl·Ê¸
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) ∑§fl‹ (a) ∑§fl‹
(2) (b)

(3) (a) ÃÕÊ ŒÊŸÊ¥
(b) Ÿ ÃÊ
(4) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U Ÿ „Ë (b)

m
51. The category ‘erstwhile princely states’ was applicable :

m .co
(1) at the time of Independence around 1947-48 only.

.co e m
(2) between 1947-48 and 1956 when they were recognised as administrative units

e m (3) in the post-1956 when they were no longer retained as administrative units.

l as
las (4) to none as no such category existed in India.

ag
ag “÷ÍìÍfl¸ Á⁄UÿʂÔ üÊáÊË ‹ÊªÍ ÕË —
(1) SflÃ¥òÊÃÊ ∑§ ‚◊ÿ ∑§fl‹ 1947-48∑§ •Ê‚ ¬Ê‚–
(2) 1947-48 •ÊÒ⁄U1956 ∑§ ’Ëø ¡’ ©ã„¥ ¬˝‡ÊÊ‚ÁŸ∑§ ß∑§ÊßÿÊ¥ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ ◊ÊãÿÃÊ Á◊‹Ë–
(3) 1956 ∑§ ’ÊŒ ¡’ ©ã„¥ ¬˝‡ÊÊ‚ÁŸ∑§ ß∑§ÊßÿÊ¥ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ ‚È⁄UÁˇÊà Ÿ„Ë¥ ⁄UπÊ ªÿÊ–
(4) Á∑§‚Ë ¬⁄U ÷Ë Ÿ„Ë¥ ÄÿÊ¥Á∑§ ÷Ê⁄Uà ◊¥ ∞‚Ë ∑§Ê߸ üÊáÊË Áfll◊ÊŸ Ÿ„Ë¥ ÕË–

P-II !JSS-24-II! 43 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 43 of 80

52. Women were taught at home in nineteenth century colonial India because :

(a) they could study as well as do domestic duties.

(b) people believed that going out in public places would corrupt them.

(c) people wanted to hide the fact of their education from relatives and friends.

Choose the correct option :

(1) (a) and (b) (2) (a) and (c) (3) (b) and (c) (4) (a), (b) and (c)

©ãŸË‚flË¥ ‚ŒË ∑§ •ÊÒ¬ÁŸflÁ‡Ê∑§ ÷Ê⁄Uà ◊¥ ‹«∏Á∑§ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÉÊ⁄U ¬⁄U „Ë ¬…∏ÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ ÕÊ ÄÿÊ¥Á∑§ —
(a) fl ¬…∏Ê߸ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ-‚ÊÕ ÉÊ⁄U‹Í ∑§Ê◊ ÷Ë ∑§⁄U ‚∑¥§–
(b) ‹Êª ◊ÊŸÃ Õ Á∑§ ‚Êfl¸¡ÁŸ∑§ SÕÊŸÊ¥ ¬⁄U ¡ÊŸ ‚ fl Á’ª«∏ ¡Ê∞°ªË–
(c) ‹Êª •¬Ÿ ‚¥’¥ÁœÿÊ¥ ∞fl¥ Á◊òÊÊ¥ ‚ ©Ÿ∑§Ë Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ∑§ Ãâÿ ¿ÈU¬ÊŸÊ øÊ„Ã Õ–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) (a)•ÊÒ⁄U (b) (2) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (3) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (4) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c)

53. Who among the following edited newspaper Kesari which became one of the strongest critics of

the British rule ?

(1) Jyotirao Phule (2) Balgangadhar Tilak

(3) Mahatma Gandhi (4) Lala Lajpat Rai

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ∑§‚⁄UË ŸÊ◊∑§ •π’Ê⁄U, ¡Ê Á’˝Á≈U‡Ê ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ ∑§Ê ∑§^⁄U •Ê‹Êø∑§ ’Ÿ ªÿÊ ÕÊ, ∑§Ê ‚¥¬ÊŒ∑§ ÕÊ?
(1) íÿÊÁÃ⁄UÊfl »È§‹ (2)’Ê‹ª¥ªÊœ⁄U ÁË∑§
(3) ◊„Êà◊Ê ªÊ¥œË (4)‹Ê‹Ê ‹Ê¡¬Ã ⁄UÊÿ

54. Match the following columns and choose the appropriate option :

Sphere of the Earth Feature

(a) Lithosphere (i) Plant and Animal Kingdom

(b) Hydrosphere (ii) Made up of rocks and minerals

(c) Atmosphere (iii) Various sources of water

(d) Biosphere (iv) Thin layer of Air

(1) (a)-(i), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii), (d)-(iv)

(2) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(i)

(3) (a)-(iii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)

(4) (a)-(iv), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iii)

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ‚„Ë ¡ÊÁ«UÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê Á◊‹ÊŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
¬ÎâflË ∑§ ◊¥«U‹ Áfl‡Ê·ÃÊ
(a) SÕ‹◊¥«U‹ (i) ¬ÊŒ¬ ∞fl¥ ¡Ëfl-¡¥ÃÈ
(b) ¡‹◊¥«U‹ (ii) ø≈˜≈UÊŸÊ¥ ∞fl¥ πÁŸ¡Ê¥ ‚ ’ŸÊ „È•Ê
(c) flÊÿÈ◊¥«U‹ (iii)¡‹ ∑§ ÁflÁ÷㟠dÊÃ
(d) ¡Òfl◊¥«U‹ (iv) flÊÿÈ ∑§Ë ¬Ã‹Ë ¬⁄UÃ
(1) (a)-(i), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii), (d)-(iv)

(2) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(i)

(3) (a)-(iii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)

(4) (a)-(iv), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iii)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 44 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 44 of 80

th
55. Below are two statements (A) and (B) in the context of leather workers in 19 century.

(A) During the First World War there was a huge demand for shoes for the armies.

(B) The poor people from ordinary castes saw this as an opportunity and were ready to supply

shoes for the army.

Choose the correct option :

(1) Both (A) and (B) are true (2) Both (A) and (B) are false

(3) (A) is true but (B) is false (4) (A) is false but (B) is true

ŸËø ŒÊ ∑§ÕŸ (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (B) 19 flË¥ ‡ÊÃÊéŒË ◊¥ ø◊«∏ ∑§Ê ∑§Ê◊ ∑§⁄UŸ flÊ‹Ê¥ ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ◊¥ „Ò¥–
(A) ¬„‹ Áfl‡fl ÿÈh ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ ‚ŸÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ÍÃÊ¥ ∑§Ë ¡’⁄UŒSà ◊Ê°ª ¬ÒŒÊ „Ê ªß¸ ÕË–
(B) ‚Ê◊Êãÿ ¡ÊÁÃÿÊ¥ ∑§ ª⁄UË’ ‹ÊªÊ¥ Ÿ ß‚ •fl‚⁄U ∑§Ê ŒπÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚ŸÊ „ÃÈ ¡ÍÃ •Ê¬ÍÁø ∑§ Á‹∞ ÃÒÿÊ⁄U „Ê ª∞–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (B) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ (2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (B) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (B) ª‹Ã „Ò (4) (A) ª‹Ã „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (B) ‚„Ë „Ò

56. The Mughal revenue system with its own schedule of revenue rates for individual crop was

called :

(1) Jagir (2) Zabt (3) Zat (4) Iqta

◊È$ª‹ ⁄UÊ¡Sfl √ÿflSÕÊ Á¡‚◊¥ „⁄U $»§‚‹ ∑§ Á‹∞ ⁄UÊ¡Sfl Œ⁄U ∑§Ë •‹ª ‚ÍøË ’ŸÊ߸ ªß¸ ©‚ ∑§„Ã „Ò¥ —
(1) ¡ÊªË⁄U (2) $¡éà (3) $¡Êà (4) ßÄÃÊ

57. The opening time of Central Government Offices in India is 9:00 a.m. IST, what will be the local

time of opening of the Central Government Offices located at 808 East Longitude near Chennai

and 92845' East Longitude near Itanagar, respectively :

(1) 09:10 a.m. and 08:19 a.m. respectively

(2) 08:19 a.m. and 09:10 a.m. respectively

(3) 08:50 a.m. and 09:41 a.m. respectively

(4) 09:41 a.m. and 08:50 a.m. respectively

÷Ê⁄Uà ◊¥ ∑§ãŒ˝Ëÿ ‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Êÿʸ‹ÿÊ¥ ∑§ πÈ‹Ÿ ∑§Ê ‚◊ÿ ‚È’„ ∑§ ’¡
9:00 (÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ◊ÊŸ∑§ ‚◊ÿ) „Ò, ÃÊ øãŸß¸ ∑§ ¬Ê‚
IST

∑˝§◊‡Ê— 808 ¬Ífl¸ Œ‡ÊÊ¥Ã⁄U ÃÕÊ ß≈UÊŸª⁄U ∑§ ¬Ê‚ ¬Ífl¸ Œ‡ÊÊ¥Ã⁄U ∑§ ¬Ê‚ ÁSÕà ∑¥§Œ˝Ëÿ ‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Êÿʸ‹ÿÊ¥ ∑§ πÈ‹Ÿ ∑§Ê
92845'

SÕÊŸËÿ ‚◊ÿ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— ÄÿÊ „ÊªÊ?
(1) ∑˝§◊‡Ê— ‚È’„ ∑§ 09:10 ’¡ ÃÕÊ ‚È’„ ∑§ 08:19 ’¡
(2) ∑˝§◊‡Ê— ‚È’„ ∑§ 08:19 ’¡ ÃÕÊ ‚È’„ ∑§ 09:10 ’¡
(3) ∑˝§◊‡Ê— ‚È’„ ∑§ 08:50 ’¡ ÃÕÊ ‚È’„ ∑§ 09:41 ’¡
(4) ∑˝§◊‡Ê— ‚È’„ ∑§ 09:41 ’¡ ÃÕÊ ‚È’„ ∑§ 08:50 ’¡

P-II !JSS-24-II! 45 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 45 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
58. The Government has passed laws that made it mandatory for organisations with more than

__________ women employees to provide creche facilities.

(1) 10 (2) 15 (3) 25 (4) 30

‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U Ÿ ∞‚ ∑§ÊŸÍŸ ¬ÊÁ⁄Uà Á∑§∞ „Ò¥ Á¡‚Ÿ ©Ÿ ‚¥ª∆UŸÊ¥ ◊¥ ’Ê‹flÊ«∏Ë (∑˝§ø ‚ÈÁflœÊ) •ÁŸflÊÿ¸ Á∑§ÿÊ „Ò ¡„Ê° ◊Á„‹Ê ∑§◊¸øÊÁ⁄UÿÊ¥
∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ __________ ‚ •Áœ∑§ „Ò–
(1) 10 (2) 15 (3) 25 (4) 30
m
m .co
m .co s e m
59.

e
The rocks that were formed 300 million years after the earth was formed, is :

s l a
(1)
l a
considered as youngest rocks in the world

g ag
(2)
a
located in Western Australia

(3) located in Eastern Europe

(4) located in the Himalayan region

¬ÎâflË ∑§Ë ‡ÊÒ‹¥ fl ‡ÊÒ‹¥, ¡Ê ¬ÎâflË ∑§ ÁŸ◊ʸáÊ ∑§ 30 ∑§⁄UÊ«∏ fl·¸ ¬‡øÊØ ’Ÿ, „Ò¥ —
(1) Áfl‡fl ∑§Ë ŸflËŸÃ◊ ‡ÊÒ‹¥ ◊ÊŸË ¡ÊÃË „Ò¥

m
.co
(2) ¬Á‡ø◊Ë •ÊS≈˛UÁ‹ÿÊ ◊¥ ÁSÕà „Ò¥
(3) ¬Ífl˸ ÿÍ⁄UÊ¬ ◊¥ ÁSÕà „Ò¥
e m
las
(4) Á„◊Ê‹ÿ ˇÊòÊ ◊¥ ÁSÕà „Ò¥
ag
60. Archaeologists play an important role in deciphering history. Which one of the following choices

is incorrect about their nature of work ?

(1) Study the remains of buildings, paintings and sculpture

(2) Explore and excavate tools, weapons, pots, pan, etc.

m
(3) Look for bones of animals, birds and fish

om ∑§Ë ªÍ…∏Á‹Á¬ ∑§Ê •Õ¸ ÁŸ∑§Ê‹Ÿ Á‹πŸ ◊¥ ¬È⁄UÊÃûflÁflŒ˜ ∞∑§ ◊„ûfl¬Íáʸ ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê ÁŸ÷ÊÃem
(4)

c. ßÁÄʂ
Examine the written records
.co
m
e ∑§Ê◊ ∑§Ë ¬˝∑ΧÁà ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ‚„Ë Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
/

l as „Ò¥– ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ©Ÿ∑§

las a g
ag (1) ÷flŸÊ¥, ÁøòÊÊ¥ (¬¥Á≈¥U ª‚˜) ∞fl¥ ◊ÍÁøÿÊ¥ ∑§ •fl‡Ê·Ê¥ ∑§Ê •äÿÿŸ
(2) •ÊÒ$¡Ê⁄UÊ¥, „ÁÕÿÊ⁄UÊ¥, ’øŸÊ¥, ¬ÒŸ, •ÊÁŒ ∑§Ë ¬˝ÊÁåà ∑§ Á‹∞ ¿UÊŸ-’ËŸ •ÊÒ⁄U πÈŒÊ߸
(3) ¡ÊŸfl⁄UÊ¥, ¬ÁˇÊÿÊ¥, ◊¿UÁ‹ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë „ÁaÿÊ° …Í°U…∏ŸÊ
(4) Á‹Áπà ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë (‹πÊ¥) ∑§Ë ¡Ê°ø

P-II !JSS-24-II! 46 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 46 of 80

61. Project method in Social Sciences involves __________.

(a) Activity (b) Discussion

(c) Experiment (d) Narration

Choose the correct option :

(1) (a), (b) and (c) (2) (a), (c) and (d)

(3) (a) and (b) only (4) (c) and (d) only

‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ◊¥ ¬Á⁄UÿÊ¡ŸÊ ¬hÁà ◊¥ ‡ÊÊÁ◊‹ „Ò¥ __________ –
(a) ªÁÃÁflÁœ (b) øøʸ
(c) ¬˝ÿÊª (d) fláʸŸ
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) (a), (b) ÃÕÊ (c) (2) (a), (c) ÃÕÊ (d)

(3) ∑§fl‹ (a) ÃÕÊ (b) (4) ∑§fl‹ (c) ÃÕÊ (d)

62. The purpose of diagnostic evaluation is to :

(a) obtain information about learner’s characters

(b) get to know about the knowledge students already possess

(c) classify learners into categories

(d) to assess the learners

Choose the correct option :

(1) (a), (b) and (c) (2) (b), (c) and (d)

(3) (d) and (c) (4) (a) and (b)

ŸÒŒÊÁŸ∑§ ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊ¡Ÿ ©g‡ÿ „Ò —
(a) ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ ‹ˇÊáÊÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ‚ÍøŸÊ ¬˝Êåà ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(b) ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ ¬Ífl¸ ôÊÊŸ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ¡ÊŸŸÊ
(c) ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê üÊÁáÊÿÊ¥ ◊¥ flªË¸∑Χà ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(d) ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê •Ê°∑§ŸÊ
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (2) (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)

(3) (d) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (4) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 47 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 47 of 80

63. A Social Science teacher asked students to make rules for their class. These were then written on

a chart paper. All the students gave their consent to follow these. The chart paper was pasted in

class, so that it can be referred by the students. This can be an introductory activity for which of

the following topics ?

(1) Diversity (2) Marginalisation (3) Democracy (4) Markets

‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§Ë Á‡ÊÁˇÊ∑§Ê ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§Ê •¬ŸË ∑§ˇÊÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸÿ◊ ’ŸÊŸ ∑§Ê ∑§„ÃË „Ò, •ÊÒ⁄U ÿ ÁŸÿ◊ ∞∑§ øÊ≈¸U ¬¬⁄U ¬⁄U
Á‹π ¡ÊÃ „Ò¥– ‚÷Ë ’ëø ߟ ÁŸÿ◊Ê¥ ∑§ ¬Ê‹Ÿ ∑§Ë ‚„◊Áà ŒÃ „Ò¥– ÿ„ øÊ≈¸U ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ Áø¬∑§Ê ÁŒÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò, ÃÊÁ∑§ ¿UÊòÊ ßU‚
‚¥Œ÷¸ ∑§ ÃÊÒ⁄U ¬⁄U ¬˝ÿÊª ◊¥ ‹Ê ‚∑¥§– ß‚ ªÁÃÁflÁœ ∑§Ê ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚ ‚¥¬˝àÿÿ ∑§Ê ¬…∏UÊŸ „ÃÈ ¬˝Ê⁄¥UÁ÷∑§ ªÁÃÁflÁœ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥
Á‹ÿÊ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò?
(1) ÁflÁflœÃÊ (2) „ÊÁ‡ÊÿÊ∑§⁄UáÊ (3) ¬˝¡ÊÃ¥òÊ (4) ’Ê¡Ê⁄U

64. Consider the following statements Assertion (A) and Reason (R) in relation to the nature of Social

Science and choose the correct option.

Assertion (A) : The social sciences have developed their own distinct methods for dealing with

facts in an objective and systematic way.

Reason (R) : Unlike the natural sciences, in Social Science it is difficult to insulate the observation

and analysis of facts from the pressures of popular sentiment.

(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A)

(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A)

(3) Only (A) is true

(4) Only (R) is true

‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§Ë ¬˝∑ΧÁà ∑§ ‚¥’¥œ ◊¥ ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ •Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) •ÊÒ⁄U Ã∑¸§ (R) ¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§ËÁ¡∞ ÃÕÊ ‚„Ë
Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) : ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ Ÿ ÃâÿÊ¥ ‚ flSÃȪà ∞fl¥ ∑˝§◊’h ◊ʪ¸ (¬˝∑§Ê⁄U) ‚ ÁŸ¬≈UŸ „ÃÈ •¬ŸË Sflÿ¥ ∑§Ë ÁflÁ‡Êc≈U
ÁflÁœÿÊ° Áfl∑§Á‚à ∑§Ë „Ò¥–
Ã∑¸§ (R) : ¬˝Ê∑ΧÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ‚ Á÷㟠(•‚ŒÎ‡Ê), ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ◊¥ ‹Ê∑§Á¬˝ÿ ÷ÊflŸÊ•Ê¥ ∑§ Œ’Êfl ‚ ÃâÿÊ¥ ∑§
•fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ ∞fl¥ Áfl‡‹·áÊ ∑§Ê ¬ÎÕ∑§ ∑§⁄UŸÊ ∑§Á∆UŸ „Ò–
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ (R), (A) ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ „Ò–
(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R), (A) ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(3) ∑§fl‹ (A) ‚„Ë „Ò–
(4) ∑§fl‹ (R) ‚„Ë „Ò–

P-II !JSS-24-II! 48 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 48 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
65. Which of the following may be used to denote democracy ?

(a) People are equal and free

(b) People are wealthy and prosperous

(c) People resolve conflicts in a better way than others

(d) Government is more accountable and rational

Choose the correct option :

(1) (a) and (b) (2) (a), (b) and (c)

m
.co
(3) (b), (c) and (d) (4) (b) and (d)

m
.co m
‹Ê∑§Ã¥òÊ ∑§Ê Œ‡ÊʸŸ „ÃÍ ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò?
m s e
(a)

s e
‹Êª ‚◊ÊŸ •ÊÒ⁄U SflÃ¥òÊ „Ò¥–
l a
(b)
l a
‹Êª œŸË •ÊÒ⁄U ‚◊Îh „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
g ag
(c)
a
‹Êª ‚¥ÉÊ·¸ ∑§Ê ŒÍ‚⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ë ÃÈ‹ŸÊ ◊¥ ’„Ã⁄U Ã⁄UË∑§ ‚ ‚È‹¤ÊÊÃ „Ò¥–
(d) ‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U •Áœ∑§ ¡flÊ’Œ„ •ÊÒ⁄U Ã∑¸§‚¥ªÃ „Ò–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) (a) ÃÕÊ (b) (2) (a), (b) ÃÕÊ (c)

(3) (b), (c) ÃÕÊ (d) (4) (b) ÃÕÊ (d)

m
66. Which of the following questions assess the analytical aspect of the cognitive process ?

.co
(a) What are national curricular objectives which can be achieved through heritage projects ?

(b)
m
How are methods of history useful in the research of (a) science; (b) art and management

e
studies ?

las
(c) In how many

are broadcasted ?
regional

ag
languages and local dialects ‘VividhBharati’ programmes

(d) Write a review on two historical serials you have watched.

(e) What are Bharuds ? In which region / State this is popular ?

Choose the correct option :

(1) (a), (b), (c) and (d) only (2) (b), (c), (d) and (e) only

(3) (a), (b) and (d) only (4) (c) and (e) only

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚ ¬˝‡Ÿ ‚¥ôÊÊŸÊà◊∑§ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§ Áfl‡‹·áÊÊà◊∑§ ¬ˇÊ ∑§Ê •Ê°∑§Ã „Ò¥?
m
fl ⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ¬Ê∆Køÿʸ ©g‡ÿ ÄÿÊ „Ò¥ Á¡Ÿ∑§Ê œ⁄UÊ„⁄U ‚¥’¥œË ¬Á⁄UÿÊ¡ŸÊ•Ê¥ ∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ ‚¥¬ÊÁŒÃ (©¬ÊÁ¡¸Ã) Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ
.co
(a)

m „Ò?

m .co(b) ßÁÄʂ ∑§Ë ÁflÁœÿÊ° ÁflôÊÊŸ; ∑§‹Ê ∞fl¥ ¬˝’¥œŸ •äÿÿŸÊ¥ ∑§ ‡ÊÊœ ◊¥ ∑Ò§‚ ‚„Êÿ∑§ „Ò¥?
(a) (b)
s e m
s e g l a
“ÁflÁflœ÷Ê⁄UÃË” ∑§Êÿ¸∑˝§◊Ê¥ ∑§Ê Á∑§ÃŸË ˇÊòÊËÿ ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ∞fl¥ SÕÊŸËÿ ’ÊÁ‹ÿÊ¥ ◊¥ ¬˝‚ÊÁ⁄Uà Á∑§ÿÊ ªÿÊ ÕÊ?
la
(c)

g •Ê¬∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ Œπ ª∞ ŒÊ ∞ÁÄÊÁ‚∑§ œÊ⁄UÊflÊÁ„∑§Ê¥ ¬⁄U ‚◊ˡÊÊ Á‹Áπ∞– a
a
(d)

(e) ÷M§«∏ ÄÿÊ „Ò¥? Á∑§‚ ˇÊòÊ ⁄UÊíÿ ◊¥ ÿ„ ‹Ê∑§Á¬˝ÿ „Ò?
/

‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (2) ∑§fl‹ •ÊÒ⁄U
(b), (c), (d) (e)

(3) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) ∑§fl‹ •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (e)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 49 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 49 of 80

67. Which of the following are essential elements of a fair trial ?

(a) The trial is held in an open court.

(b) A copy of charge sheet and all other evidence that the prosecution presents to the court are

given to the accused.

(c) The defence lawyer is not allowed to cross-examine the prosecution witnesses.

(d) Judges decide the matter on the basis of the statements articulated by lawyers.

Choose the correct option :

(1) All (a), (b), (c) and (d) (2) Only (a), (b) and (c)

(3) Only (a), (b) and (d) (4) Only (b), (c) and (d)

ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚ Áfl∑§À¬ ÁŸc¬ˇÊ ‚ÈŸflÊ߸ ∑§ ◊Í‹÷Íà Ãàfl „Ò¥?

(a) ◊È∑§Œ◊Ê ¡ŸÃÊ ∑§ ‚Ê◊Ÿ πÈ‹Ë •ŒÊ‹Ã ◊¥ ø‹ÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–

(b) •Ê⁄UÊ¬-¬òÊ •ÊÒ⁄U •Á÷ÿÊ¡Ÿ ¬ˇÊ mÊ⁄UÊ ¬‡Ê Á∑§∞ ª∞ ‚÷Ë ‚ÊˇÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ∞∑§ ¬˝Áà •Ê⁄UÊ¬Ë ∑§Ê ŒË ¡ÊÃË „Ò–

(c) ’øÊfl ¬ˇÊ ∑§ fl∑§Ë‹ ∑§Ê •Á÷ÿÊ¡Ÿ ¬ˇÊ ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U ‚ ¬‡Ê Á∑§∞ ª∞ ‚Ê⁄U ªflÊ„Ê¥ ‚ Á¡⁄U„ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê ◊ÊÒ∑§Ê Ÿ„Ë¥ ÁŒÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ
„Ò–

(d) ãÿÊÿÊœË‡Ê •ŒÊ‹Ã ∑§ ‚Ê◊Ÿ fl∑§Ë‹Ê¥ mÊ⁄UÊ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U ¬⁄U »Ò§‚‹Ê ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–

‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–

(1) (a), (b), (c) ÃÕÊ (d) ‚÷Ë (2) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b) ÃÕÊ (c)

(3) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b) ÃÕÊ (d) (4) ∑§fl‹ (b), (c) ÃÕÊ (d)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 50 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 50 of 80

68. The National Medical Commission’s Code of Medical Ethics states that every physician should, as

far as possible, prescribe drugs which are called :

(1) Genetic medicines (2) Global brands

(3) Generic medicines (4) Ancient remedies

⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ÁøÁ∑§à‚Ê •ÊÿÊª ∑§Ë ÁøÁ∑§à‚Ê •ÊøÊ⁄U ‚¥Á„ÃÊ ◊¥ ∑§„Ê ªÿÊ „Ò — ¬˝àÿ∑§ ÁøÁ∑§à‚∑§ ∑§Ê, ¡„Ê° Ã∑§ ‚¥÷fl „Ê, ©Ÿ ŒflÊ•Ê¥
∑§Ê ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄Uà ∑§⁄UŸÊ øÊÁ„∞ ¡Ê ∑§„‹ÊÃË „Ò¥ —

(1) •ÊŸÈfl¥Á‡Ê∑§ ŒflÊ߸ÿÊ° (2) flÒÁ‡fl∑§ ’˝Ê¥«U

(3) ¡ŸÁ⁄U∑§ ŒflÊ߸ÿÊ° (4) ¬˝ÊøËŸ ©¬øÊ⁄U

69. Consider the statements (A) and (B) and choose the correct option :

(A) The natural sciences are superior to social sciences and are the domain of bright students.

(B) The social sciences are essential to provide social, cultural and analytical skills required to

adjust to an increasingly independent world.

(1) Both (A) and (B) are true (2) Both (A) and (B) are false

(3) (A) is true but (B) is false (4) (A) is false but (B) is true

∑§ÕŸ (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (B) ¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§ËÁ¡∞ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈÁŸÿ —

(A) ¬˝Ê∑ΧÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ‚ üÊc∆U „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ÿ„ „ÊŸ„Ê⁄U ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ˇÊòÊ „Ò–

(B) ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§, ‚Ê¥S∑ΧÁÃ∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U Áfl‡‹·áÊËÿ ∑§Ê҇ʋÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ „Ò ¡Ê flœ¸◊ÊŸËÿ
SflÃ¥òÊ Áfl‡fl ◊¥ ‚◊ãflÿ ’Ò∆UÊŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ „Ò–

(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (B) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚àÿ „Ò¥ (2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (B) ŒÊŸÊ¥ •‚àÿ „Ò¥

(3) (A) ‚àÿ „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (B) •‚àÿ „Ò (4) (A) •‚àÿ „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (B) ‚àÿ „Ò

P-II !JSS-24-II! 51 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 51 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
70. Which of the following resources are relevant to discuss the theme ‘discrimination’ ?

(1) Text of Ashokan inscriptions.

(2) Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

(3) Narrative of B.R. Ambedkar’s experiences of looking for a place to stay after returning to

India.

(4) Advertisement of a woman washing clothes in a commercial.

m
.co
“÷Œ÷Êfl” Áfl·ÿ ¬⁄U øøʸ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞, ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ‚¥‚ÊœŸ ¬˝Ê‚¥Áª∑§ „Ò?
m
(1)
.co
•‡ÊÊ∑§ ∑§ •Á÷‹πÊ¥ ∑§Ë Á‹Á¬
s e m
s em l a
ag
◊ÊŸflÊÁœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ë flÒÁ‡fl∑§ ÉÊÊ·áÊÊ
l. a•¥’«U∑§⁄U ∑§ ÷Ê⁄Uà ‹ÊÒ≈UŸ ∑§ ¬‡øÊà ⁄U„Ÿ „ÃÈ SÕÊŸ …ÍU°…∏Ÿ ∑§ •ŸÈ÷flÊ¥ ∑§Ê flÎûÊÊ¥Ã
(2)

(3)
a g
’Ë.•Ê⁄U
(4) ∞∑§ ÁflôÊʬŸ ◊¥ ∑§¬«∏ œÊÃ „È∞ ◊Á„‹Ê ∑§Ê Œ‡ÊʸŸÊ

71. Match the following and choose the appropriate option :

Indicators of assessment Skills/Abilities

(a) Discussion (i) Sensitivity towards differently abled, showing concern for

m
environment

(b) Observation (ii)
.co
Making logical connections

m
(c) Normative concerns (iii)
e
Reporting, narrating, picture-reading and drawing

s
(d) Explanation (iv)

g laListening, expressing opinions and finding out from others

(1) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)
a
(2) (a)-(iv), (b)-(ii), (c)-(i), (d)-(iii)

(3) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i)

(4) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(i)

ŸËø ÁŒ∞ ∑§ÊÚ‹◊Ê¥ ∑§Ê Á◊‹ÊŸ ∑§⁄U¥ ÃÕÊ ©¬ÿÈÄà Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥ —
•Ê∑§‹Ÿ ∑§ ‚¥∑§Ã∑§ ÿÊÇÿÃÊ∞° ˇÊ◊ÃÊ∞°
/

m
.co
øøʸ Á÷ÛÊ ˇÊ◊ÃÊ ∑§ ¬˝Áà ‚¥flŒŸ‡ÊË‹ÃÊ, ¬ÿʸfl⁄UáÊ ∑§ ¬˝Áà Áø¥ÃÊ ¬˝ŒÁ‡Ê¸Ã ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
m •fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ
(a) (i)

m .co(b) (ii) ÃÊÁ∑¸§∑§ ‚¥’¥œ ’ŸÊŸÊ
s em
s e ÁŸÿÊ◊∑§ ‚⁄UÊ∑§Ê⁄U
g aáÊ
Á⁄U¬ÊÁ≈ZUª, fláʸŸ, ÁøòÊ-¬∆UŸ •ÊÒ⁄U •Ê⁄lUπ
la
(c) (iii)

g ‚ÈŸŸÊ, ⁄UÊÿ √ÿÄà ∑§⁄UŸÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ŒÍa
a (d)

(1)
S¬c≈UË∑§⁄UáÊ
(a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)
(iv) ‚⁄UÊ¥ ‚ ¬ÃÊ ‹ªÊŸÊ

(2) (a)-(iv), (b)-(ii), (c)-(i), (d)-(iii)

(3) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i)

(4) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(i)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 52 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 52 of 80

72. Lata sells tea at 5.00 am. She then goes to fetch water from a far away well. After reaching home

she cooks food, washes clothes, cleans the house, sweeps and then goes off to purchase items for

her tea shop. All this can be referred to as :

(1) Care giving (2) Double burden (3) Housework (4) Paid work

‹ÃÊ ‚È’„ ’¡ øÊÿ ’øÃË „Ò– ©‚∑§ ’ÊŒ fl„ ’„Èà ŒÍ⁄U ∑ȧ∞° ‚ ¬ÊŸË …UÊ∑§⁄U ‹ÊÃË „Ò– ÉÊ⁄U ¬„È°øŸ ∑§ ’ÊŒ fl„ πÊŸÊ ’ŸÊÃË
5

„Ò, ∑§¬«∏ œÊÃË „Ò, ÉÊ⁄U ∑§Ë ‚»§Ê߸ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò, ¤ÊÊ«∏Í-¬Ê¿UÊ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò– ©‚∑§ ¬‡øÊà fl„ •¬ŸË øÊÿ ∑§Ë ŒÈ∑§ÊŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚Ê◊ÊŸ
π⁄UËŒ ∑§⁄U ‹ÊÃË „Ò– ߟ ‚’ ∑§ÊÿÊZ ∑§Ê ∑§„Ê ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò __________ –

(1) Œπ÷Ê‹ ∑§Êÿ¸ (2) ŒÊ„⁄UÊ ’Ê¤Ê (3) ªÎ„ ∑§Êÿ¸ (4) ÷ȪÃÊŸ ∑§Êÿ¸

73. Involving teachers is considered important in the development of social science assessment

framework to :

(a) integrate contemporary events and prevailing changes.

(b) make curriculum and evaluation only subject-centered and to limit its scope.

(c) save time, labor and money by using teachers only as a resource.

(d) make necessary changes according to the level of teachers by using the experiences of teachers.

Choose the correct option :

(1) Only (a) (2) (a) and (d) only

(3) (a), (b) and (c) only (4) (a) and (b) only

‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§ ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ M§¬⁄UπÊ ∑§ ÁŸ◊ʸáÊ ◊¥ Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ë ÷ʪˌÊ⁄UË ◊„àfl¬Íáʸ ◊ÊŸË ¡ÊÃË „Ò —

(a) ‚◊‚Ê◊Áÿ∑§ ÉÊ≈UŸÊ•Ê¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬˝øÁ‹Ã ¬Á⁄UfløŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊Ê∑§Á‹Ã ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞–

(b) ¬Ê∆Køÿʸ •ÊÒ⁄U ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ∑§Ê ∑§fl‹ Áfl·ÿ ∑¥§ÁŒ˝Ã ’ŸÊŸ ∞fl¥ ¬Ê∆Køÿʸ ∑§ ŒÊÿ⁄U ∑§Ê ‚ËÁ◊à ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞–

(c) ∑§fl‹ Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ ‚¥‚ÊœŸ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ ßSÃ◊Ê‹ ∑§⁄U ‚◊ÿ, üÊ◊ •ÊÒ⁄U œŸ ∑§Ë ’øà ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞–

(d) Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ∑§ •ŸÈ÷flÊ¥ ∑§ ßSÃ◊Ê‹ ∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§Ê¥ ∑§ SÃ⁄U ∑§ •ŸÈM§¬ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ ¬Á⁄UfløŸ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞–

‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–

(1) ∑§fl‹ (a) (2) ∑§fl‹ (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)

(3) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (4) ∑§fl‹ (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 53 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 53 of 80

74. Read the Assertion (A) and Reason (R) statements and choose the correct option.

Assertion (A) : Students should be encouraged to ask questions in the classroom.

Reason (R) : It will help the introvert students to open up.

(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).

(3) (A) is true but (R) is false.

(4) Both (A) and (R) are false.

•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) •ÊÒ⁄U Ã∑¸§ (R) ∑§Ê ¬Á…∏∞ ÃÕÊ ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) : ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ¬˝‡Ÿ ¬Í¿UŸ „ÃÈ ¬˝Êà‚ÊÁ„à Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
Ã∑¸§ (R) : ÿ„ •¥Ã◊ȸπË ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê πÈ‹Ÿ ◊¥ ‚„ÊÿÃÊ ∑§⁄UªÊ–
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U (A) ∑§Ë (R) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ‹Á∑§Ÿ (A) ∑§Ë (R) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–

75. Read the Assertion (A) and Reason (R) statements carefully and choose the correct option of the

following :

Assertion (A) : Values can be taught, too.

Reason (R) : Social studies is a subject through which all basic values can be taught.

(1) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) explains (A).

(2) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) does not explain (A).

(3) (A) is true but (R) is false.

(4) Both (A) and (R) are false.

•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) •ÊÒ⁄U ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) ∑§Ê ‚ÊflœÊŸË¬Ífl¸∑§ ¬Á…∏ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈÁŸÿ —
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) : ŸÒÁÃ∑§ ◊ÍÀÿ ¬…∏Êÿ ÷Ë ¡Ê ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) : ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ fl„ Áfl·ÿ „Ò Á¡‚◊¥ ‚÷Ë •ÊœÊ⁄U÷Íà ◊ÍÀÿ ¬…∏Êÿ ¡Ê ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥–
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U (A) ∑§Ë (R) √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ‹Á∑§Ÿ (A) ∑§Ë (R) √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚àÿ „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (R) •‚àÿ „Ò–
(4) (A) ÃÕÊ (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ •‚àÿ „Ò¥–

P-II !JSS-24-II! 54 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 54 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
76. Fundamental Rights and Duties of Indian Constitution are written on the walls of social science

classroom. This will make children learn primarily through __________.

(1) Observation (2) Imagination (3) Memorisation (4) Reasoning

∑§ˇÊÊ ∑§ˇÊ ∑§Ë ŒËflÊ⁄UÊ¥ ¬⁄U ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ‚¥ÁflœÊŸ ◊¥ ©Œ˜ÉÊÎà ◊ÊÒÁ‹∑§ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ∑§Ã¸√ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê Á‹πÊ ªÿÊ „Ò– ÿ„ ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§Ê
m
◊ÈÅÿ× __________

m
∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ Á‚πÊÃÊ „Ò–
.co
m .co s e m
s e l a
ag
•fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ ∑§À¬ŸÊ ÿÊŒ ∑§⁄UŸÊ Ã∑¸§
a
(1) (2) (3) (4)

g l
a
77. Which of the following may be acquired by learners in a project work that involves engaging

students in authentic, real-world problem-solving tasks ?

(1) Development of critical thinking skills

m
m .co
(2) Improvement of content knowledge and skills

s e
g la
(3) Enhancement of creativity and innovation
a
(4) Promotion of collaboration and team work

ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ÄÿÊ ∞∑§ ¬Á⁄UÿÊ¡ŸÊ ∑§Êÿ¸ Á¡‚‚ ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝Ê◊ÊÁáÊ∑§, flÊSÃÁfl∑§ ŒÈÁŸÿÊ ∑§Ë ‚◊SÿÊ-‚◊ʜʟ ∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ •Á¡¸Ã Á∑§ÿÊ
¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò¥?
m
m ‚◊Ê‹ÊøŸÊà◊∑§ ‚Êø ∑§Ê҇ʋ ∑§Ê Áfl∑§Ê‚– .co
.co e m
(1)

e m l as
las Áfl·ÿË ôÊÊŸ •ÊÒ⁄U ∑§Ê҇ʋ ◊¥ ‚ÈœÊ⁄U– ag
ag (2)

(3) ⁄UøŸÊà◊∑§ÃÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ŸflËŸÃÊ ◊¥ flÎÁh–

(4) ‚„ÿÊª •ÊÒ⁄U ≈UË◊ fl∑¸§ ∑§Ê ’…∏ÊflÊ ŒŸÊ–

P-II !JSS-24-II! 55 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 55 of 80

78. A well-designed portfolio assessment in social sciences should be :

(a) purposeful and systematic

(b) reflect regular assignments and activities of student

(c) focus mainly on the preparation of report card

(d) accumulation of student’s work over a long period of time

Choose the correct option :

(1) (a), (b) and (c) (2) (b), (c) and (d)

(3) (a), (c) and (d) (4) (a), (b) and (d)

‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ◊¥ ∞∑§ •ë¿UË Ã⁄U„ ‚ ÃÒÿÊ⁄U Á∑§ÿÊ „È•Ê ¬Ê≈¸U»§ÊÁ‹ÿÊ ∑§Ê :

(a) ©Œ˜Œ‡ÿ¬Íáʸ fl √ÿflÁSÕà „ÊŸÊ øÊÁ„ÿ–
(b) ÁfllÊÕ˸ ∑§ ÁŸÿÁ◊à ∑§ÊÿÊZ fl ªÁÃÁflÁœÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê Œ‡ÊʸŸÊ øÊÁ„ÿ–
(c) ◊ÈÅÿ× Á⁄U¬Ê≈¸U ∑§Ê«¸U ’ŸÊŸ ¬⁄U ∑§ÁãŒ˝Ã „ÊŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
(d) ÁfllÊÕ˸ ∑§ ∑§ÊÿÊZ ∑§Ê ‹¥’ ‚◊ÿ ∑§Ê ‚¥ª˝„ „ÊŸÊ øÊÁ„ÿ–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) (a), (b)ÃÕÊ (c) (2) ÃÕÊ
(b), (c) (d)

(3) (a), (c)ÃÕÊ (d) (4) ÃÕÊ
(a), (b) (d)

79. Which method would you use to collect information about the actual and correct status of

earthquake victims in your area ?

(1) Inquiry method (2) Survey method

(3) Project method (4) Problem-solving method

•Ê¬ •¬Ÿ ˇÊòÊ ∑§ ÷Í∑¥§¬ ¬ËÁ«∏à √ÿÁÄÃÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë flÊSÃÁfl∑§ fl ‚„Ë ÁSÕÁà ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ¡ÊŸ∑§Ê⁄UË ∞∑§ÁòÊà ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ Á∑§‚ ÁflÁœ
∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§⁄¥Uª?
(1) πÊ¡’ËŸ ¬Í¿UÃÊ¿U ÁflÁœ
/ ‚fl¸ˇÊáÊ ÁflÁœ
(2)

(3) ¬Á⁄UÿÊ¡ŸÊ ÁflÁœ ‚◊SÿÊ-‚◊ʜʟ ÁflÁœ
(4)

80. Which of the following technique is most effective to assess individual performance of a student

working in group task ?

(a) Rubrics (b) Multiple Choice Question

(c) Presentation (d) Portfolio

Choose the correct option :

(1) (a) and (b) (2) (b) and (c) (3) (c) and (d) (4) (a) and (d)

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ë ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ÁflÁœ ‚’‚ íÿÊŒÊ ©¬ÿÈÄà „ÊªË ¡’Á∑§ ¿UÊòÊ ¿UÊ≈U-¿UÊ≈U ‚◊Í„Ê¥ ◊¥ ∑§Ê◊ ∑§⁄U ⁄U„ „Ê •ÊÒ⁄U
¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê •‹ª-•‹ª ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ∑§⁄UŸÊ „Ê?
(a) L§’Á⁄UÄ‚ ’„ÈÁfl∑§À¬Ëÿ ¬˝‡Ÿ
(b)

(c) ◊ÊÒÁπ∑§ ¬˝SÃÈÃË∑§⁄UáÊ ¬Ê≈¸U»§ÊÁ‹ÿÊ
(d)

‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) (a) ÃÕÊ (b) (2) ÃÕÊ
(b) (c) (3)ÃÕÊ (c) (d) ÃÕÊ
(4) (a) (d)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 56 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 56 of 80

81. According to Indian Constitution this kind of reservation is not a violation of the right to equality.

(1) To give special treatment to someone in order to ensure equal opportunity.

(2) To ensure jobs to people from States where an elected representive or Minister comes from.

(3) To ensure jobs based on nepotism.

(4) To give jobs to close kith and kin of political leaders.

÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ‚¥ÁflœÊŸ ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ß‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ê •Ê⁄UˇÊáÊ ‚◊ÊŸÃÊ ∑§ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ê ©À‹¥ÉÊŸ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò —
(1) ‚◊ÊŸ •fl‚⁄U ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øà ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ Á∑§‚Ë ∑§ ‚ÊÕ Áfl‡Ê· √ÿfl„Ê⁄U •¬ŸÊŸÊ–
(2) Á¡Ÿ ⁄UÊíÿÊ¥ ‚ ¬˝ÁÃÁŸÁœ ÿÊ ◊¥òÊË øÈŸ∑§⁄U •ÊÃ „Ò¥ ©Ÿ ⁄UÊíÿÊ¥ ∑§ ‹ÊªÊ¥ ∑§Ê ŸÊÒ∑§Á⁄UÿÊ° ŒŸÊ–
(3) ÷Ê߸-÷ÃË¡ÊflÊŒ ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U ¬⁄U ⁄UÊ¡ªÊ⁄U ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øà ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
(4) ⁄UÊ¡ŸÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§ ‚ª ‚¥’¥ÁœÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ŸÊÒ∑§Á⁄UÿÊ° ŒŸÊ–

82. Which of the following provide scope to develop critical thinking skills ?

(a) What role did the Yamuna play in the layout of the Mughal city at Shahjanabad ?

(b) What is the purpose of press conference ? How does the press conference help you get

information on what the government is doing ?

(c) Differentiate markets with illustrative examples.

(d) It is necessary for the civil servants to be politically neutral. Explain.

(e) Availability of water is a major factor affecting the settlement pattern. Discuss.

Choose the correct option :

(1) Only (a), (b), (c) and (d) (2) Only (b), (c), (d) and (e)

(3) Only (a), (b), (d) and (e) (4) Only (a), (c), (d) and (e)

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ •Ê‹ÊøŸÊà◊∑§ Áø¥ÃŸ ∑§Ê҇ʋ ∑§Ê Áfl∑§Á‚à ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê •fl‚⁄U ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò?
(a) ‡ÊÊ„¡„Ê°ŸÊ’ÊŒ ◊¥ ◊Ȫ‹ ‡Ê„⁄U ÃÒÿÊ⁄U ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ ÿ◊ÈŸÊ Ÿ ÄÿÊ ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê ÁŸ÷Ê߸?
(b) ¬˝‚ flÊÃʸ ∑§Ê ÄÿÊ ¬˝ÿÊ¡Ÿ „Ò? ‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U ÄÿÊ ∑§⁄U ⁄U„Ë „Ò ß‚ ¬⁄U ‚ÍøŸÊ ¬˝Êåà ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ ¬˝‚ flÊÃʸ ∑Ò§‚ (Á∑§‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U)
•Ê¬∑§Ë ‚„ÊÿÃÊ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò¥?
(c) ÁŸŒ‡Ê˸ ©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊÊ¥ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ’Ê$¡Ê⁄UÊ¥ ◊¥ •¥Ã⁄U ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(d) ∞∑§ ‹Ê∑§-‚fl∑§ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÿ„ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ „Ò Á∑§ fl„ ⁄UÊ¡ŸËÁÃ∑§ M§¬ ‚ Ã≈USÕ „Ê– √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄¥U–
(e) ¡‹ ∑§Ë ©¬‹éœÃÊ ’SÃË ¬˝ÁÃM§¬ ∑§Ê ¬˝÷ÊÁflà ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ ◊ÈÅÿ ∑§Ê⁄U∑§ „Ò– øøʸ ∑§⁄¥U–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (2) ∑§fl‹ (b), (c), (d) •ÊÒ⁄U (e)

(3) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b), (d) •ÊÒ⁄U (e) (4) ∑§fl‹ (a), (c), (d) •ÊÒ⁄U (e)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 57 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 57 of 80

m
om .co

. c e m
m as
se ag l
83. A large number of people in rural India who are landless, although their main livelihood source is

agriculture are called as :

(a) Marginal farmers (b) Migrant labourers

(c) Agricultural labourers (d) Small farmers

Choose the correct option :

(1) (a) and (b) only (2) (b) and (c) only

(3) (a), (b) and (c) only (4) (b), (c) and (d) only

m
m
ª˝Ê◊ËáÊ ÷Ê⁄Uà ◊¥ ∞∑§ ’«∏Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ ◊¥ ¡Ê ‹Êª ÷ÍÁ◊„ËŸ „Ò¥, ¡’Á∑§ ©Ÿ∑§Ë ¡ËÁfl∑§Ê ∑§Ê ◊ÈÅÿ dÊà ∑ΧÁ· „Ò, ∑§„‹ÊÃ „Ò¥ —
.co
(a) ‚Ë◊ʥà Á∑§‚ÊŸ
m .co (b) ¬˝flÊ‚Ë üÊÁ◊∑§ ◊¡ŒÍ⁄U
s e m
s e l a
ag
∑Χ·Ëÿ ◊¡ŒÍ⁄U ¿UÊ≈U Á∑§‚ÊŸ
a
(c) (d)

g l
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1)
a
∑§fl‹ •ÊÒ⁄U
(a) (b) (2) ∑§fl‹ (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c)

(3) ∑§fl‹ (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (4) ∑§fl‹ (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)

84. The ideas of Liberty, Equality and Fraternity of the Indian Constitution are borrowed from

__________.

(1) American Revolution (2) French Revolution

(3) Russian Revolution (4)
m
Magna Carta

÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ‚¥ÁflœÊŸ ◊¥ SflÃ¥òÊÃÊ, ‚◊ÊŸÃÊ ÃÕÊ ’¥œÈàfl ∑§ ÁfløÊ⁄U Á‹∞ ª∞ Õ
m .co __________ –
(1) •◊⁄UË∑§Ÿ ∑˝§Ê¥Áà ‚
s e
»˝§Ê¥Á‚‚Ë ∑˝§Ê¥Áà ‚
(2)

(3) M§‚Ë ∑˝§Ê¥Áà ‚
g la ◊ÒÇŸÊ ∑§Ê≈Uʸ ‚
(4)

a
85. Which of the following should be considered as gender neutral atmosphere in a school ?

(a) A group of girls are making Rangoli

(b) A group of boys are volunteering in annual function.

(c) A group of girls are preparing for dance competition.

(d) A group of boys are arranging refreshments for guests.

Choose the correct option :

o m
o m
(1) (a) and (b) (2) (b) and (c) (3) (a) and (c)

◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ë ÁSÕÁà Á∑§‚Ë ÁfllÊ‹ÿ ◊¥ “Á‹¥ª” Ã≈USÕ flÊÃÊfl⁄UáÊ ∑§Ê ©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊ „Ò?m . c (4) (b) and (d)

. cÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà s e
e m ‹«∏Á∑§ÿÊ¥ ∑§ ∞∑§ ‚◊Í„ mÊ⁄UÊ ⁄¥UªÊ‹Ë ’ŸÊŸÊ
l a
s
(a)

l a ‹«∏∑§Ê¥ ∑§ ‚◊Í„ mÊ⁄UÊ flÊÁ·¸∑§Êà‚fl ◊¥ ◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄UŸÊ a g
ag
(b)

‹«∏Á∑§ÿÊ¥ ∑§ ‚◊Í„ mÊ⁄UÊ ŸÎàÿ ¬˝ÁÃÿÊÁªÃÊ ∑§Ë ÃÒÿÊ⁄UË ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(c)

(d) ‹«∏∑§Ê¥ ∑§ ‚◊Í„ mÊ⁄UÊ •ÁÃÁÕ•Ê¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡‹¬ÊŸ ∑§Ë √ÿflSÕÊ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) ÃÕÊ
(a) (b) (2) ÃÕÊ
(b) (c) ÃÕÊ
(3) (a) (c) (4) (b) ÃÕÊ (d)

P-II !JSS-24-II! 58 I

m .
.co s e m
s em l a
g la ag
a For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 58 of 80

86. Which region in India has the highest concentration of Adivasi communities ?

(1) North India (2) South India (3) East India (4) West India

÷Ê⁄Uà ∑§ Á∑§‚ ˇÊòÊ ◊¥ •ÊÁŒflÊ‚Ë ‚◊ÈŒÊÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‚ÉÊŸÃÊ ‚’‚ •Áœ∑§ „Ò?
(1) ©ûÊ⁄U ÷Ê⁄Uà ◊¥ (2) ŒÁˇÊáÊ ÷Ê⁄Uà ◊¥ (3) ¬Ífl˸ ÷Ê⁄Uà ◊¥ (4) ¬Á‡ø◊ ÷Ê⁄Uà ◊¥

87. Consider the following statements and choose the correct option.

Statement (A) : Investment in non-farm activities in rural areas can reduce the rural urban

migration.

Statement (R) : Migration increases during particular season when there are no agricultural

activities in rural areas.

(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A)

(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A)

(3) (A) is true but (R) is false

(4) Both (A) and (R) are false

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§ËÁ¡∞ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈÁŸÿ —
∑§ÕŸ (A) : ª˝Ê◊ËáÊ ˇÊòÊÊ¥ ◊¥ ªÒ⁄U-∑ΧÁ· ªÁÃÁflÁœÿÊ¥ ◊¥ ÁŸfl‡Ê, ª˝Ê◊ËáÊ ‡Ê„⁄UË ¬‹ÊÿŸ ∑§Ê ∑§◊ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
∑§ÕŸ (R) : ∞∑§ ÁflÁ‡Êc≈U ◊ÊÒ‚◊ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ ¬‹ÊÿŸ ◊¥ flÎÁh „ÊÃË „Ò ¡’ ª˝Ê◊ËáÊ ˇÊòÊÊ¥ ◊¥ ∑§Ê߸ ∑Χ·Ëÿ ªÁÃÁflÁœÿÊ° Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ê ⁄U„Ë
„Ê–
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U (A) ∑§Ë (R) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ‹Á∑§Ÿ (A) ∑§Ë (R) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–

88. A teacher wants to divide 30 students of her class in small groups for a task on diversity. Which

will be the most relevant way to make small groups of students ?

(1) As per students comfort

(2) Benchwise from front to back

(3) According to students marks in last exam from high to low

(4) Heterogenous random groups based on a game

ÁflÁflœÃÊ Áfl·ÿ ¬⁄U ∑§Êÿ¸ ŒŸ „ÃÈ ∞∑§ •äÿÊÁ¬∑§Ê •¬Ÿ ∑§ˇÊÊ ∑§ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¿UÊ≈U-¿UÊ≈U ‚◊Í„Ê¥ ◊¥ ’Ê°≈UŸÊ øÊ„ ⁄U„Ë „Ò–
30

ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ◊¥ ‚◊Í„ ÁŸ◊ʸáÊ ∑§Ê ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê Ã⁄UË∑§Ê ‚’‚ ©Áøà „ÊªÊ?
(1) ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‚ÈÁflœÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄U
(2) •Êª ‚ ¬Ë¿U ∑§ ∑˝§◊ ◊¥ ’Ò∆UŸ ∑§ ∑˝§◊ ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U
(3) ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ Á¬¿U‹Ë ¬⁄UˡÊÊ ◊¥ •Ê∞ •¥∑§Ê¥ ∑§ ÉÊ≈UÃ ∑˝§◊ ◊¥
(4) Áfl·◊ ÿÊŒÎÁë¿U∑§ ‚◊Í„ ¡Ê Á∑§‚Ë π‹ ¬⁄U •ÊœÊÁ⁄Uà „Ê¥

P-II !JSS-24-II! 59 I

For more Question Papers, Sample Papers, Notes & Syllabus visit Page 59 of 80